New Standards for Domestic Mailing Services, 15366-15442 [07-1500]
Download as PDF
15366
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
POSTAL SERVICE
39 CFR Part 111
New Standards for Domestic Mailing
Services
Postal Service.
Final rule.
AGENCY:
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
ACTION:
SUMMARY: In this final rule the Postal
Service provides new mailing standards
to support most of the pricing change
recommended by the Postal Regulatory
Commission and approved by the
Governors of the United States Postal
Service. We will implement most of the
new prices on May 14, 2007. We will
implement new prices and mailing
standards for Periodicals mail on July
15, 2007.
Our pricing change includes a new
‘‘forever stamp’’ to make future price
changes more convenient for
consumers. The forever stamp will
always equal the First-Class Mail single
piece 1-ounce letter price. We also offer
new shape-based prices for First-Class
Mail, with lower rates for letter-size
pieces over 1 ounce. We make the
Priority Mail flat-rate boxes a permanent
product offering, and we add a new 1pound price for Express Mail.
For commercial mailers we offer new
sorting options to reduce the number of
trays in a mailing of letter-size pieces.
We also offer new scheme preparations
to give mailers access to lower rates and
to better align flat-size mail preparation
with mail processing. We add a new
automated Address Change Service
option to reduce the costs associated
with undeliverable-as-addressed mail.
First-Class Mail parcel mailers have new
barcode options, and we provide new
opportunities for mailers to combine
Standard Mail Not Flat-Machinable
pieces, Standard Mail parcels, and
Package Services parcels in the same
mailing.
EFFECTIVE DATE: 12:01 a.m. on May 14,
2007.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Joel
Walker, 202–268–7261.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The Postal
Service’s request in Docket No. R2006–
1 included mail classification changes,
new pricing structures, and price
changes for most domestic mailing
services. This final rule provides the
revisions to Mailing Standards of the
United States Postal Service, Domestic
Mail Manual (DMM) that we will adopt
to implement most of the R2006–1
pricing changes. We summarize major
changes since our February proposal by
class of mail and extra service, update
our summary of the entire proposal, and
update our mailing standards. We
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
provide all of the new prices in the
‘‘Rates and Fees Reference’’ at the end
of this notice.
You can find this final rule, as well
as our earlier proposals, at https://
www.usps.com/ratecase. We also
provide helpful information for mailers,
including frequently asked questions,
press releases, and Mailers Companion
and MailPro articles related to the
pricing change.
Background
The Postal Service Board of Governors
set May 14, 2007, as the implementation
date for the new prices and related
changes for all classes of mail and extra
services, with the exception of
Periodicals mail, which we will
implement on July 15, 2007. The Board
chose these dates on the basis of our
financial obligations, in light of
operational and administrative
considerations, while also considering
the impact of the changes on mailers
and consumers. We note that while we
are implementing all of the
Commission’s recommended rates, the
Governors are asking the Commission to
reconsider three issues: the prices for
Standard Mail flats, the application of
the Nonmachinable Surcharge for FirstClass Mail letters, and the price for the
Priority Mail flat-rate box. The
Governors are concerned about the
short-term effect that some prices for
Standard Mail Regular flats might have
on catalog mailers, and that the
Commission failed to provide
appropriate cost-based incentives in
these other two rate designs. The
Governors are asking the Commission to
reconsider their recommendations and
respond as quickly as possible.
We are delaying implementation of
our new prices for all Periodicals mail
to provide adequate time to adjust
Postal Service systems, to enable an
effective and orderly transition in postal
operations, and to give postal
acceptance employees and mailers more
time to prepare for the complex
structure recommended by the Postal
Regulatory Commission. The
Commission recommended OutsideCounty piece, bundle, and container
rates that vary based on machinability,
presort level, and entry. We will publish
a Federal Register proposal explaining
the changes and asking for your
comments. We encourage all Periodicals
mailers to review the Commission’s
recommendation, which includes
significant changes to the container rate
structure, at https://www.prc.gov (under
‘‘Opinions and Decisions’’). As we
explained in our previous Federal
Register proposals, Periodicals mailers
will have new incentives to use efficient
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
containers, and the revised
copalletization standards further
encourage more publishers to combine
mailings. We also added, and the
Commission recommended, new prices
for the nonadvertising portion of a
mailing to give mailers of high-editorialcontent publications access to lower,
destination entry rates.
Overall our new prices reflect changes
in operations and the marketplace and
will enhance efficiency, offer more
choices, and ensure that all types of
mail cover their costs. We include
incentives to create mailpieces
compatible with our processing systems
and to deposit flats and parcels closer to
where they are delivered.
Our prices recognize that each shape
of mailpiece—letter, flat, and parcel—
has substantially different processing
costs that need to be covered. Our prices
make clear distinctions between shapes
and recognize that shape affects
processing and delivery efficiency. For
example, in First-Class Mail, a 2-ounce
letter will cost $0.58; a 2-ounce flat,
$0.97; and a 2-ounce parcel, $1.30.
These prices reflect the differences in
costs associated with processing and
delivering each type of mailpiece, as
well as the higher value of larger pieces.
Our new price incentives provide
opportunities to mitigate the impact of
price increases. For the 2-ounce
example above, if the contents of a FirstClass Mail flat are folded and placed
into a letter-size envelope, the mailer
would save 39 cents. If a parcel is
reconfigured as a flat, the mailer would
save 33 cents.
To make future price changes more
convenient, customers may purchase
‘‘forever stamps.’’ The forever stamp
will always equal the First-Class Mail
single piece 1-ounce letter price,
without the addition of extra postage.
While the forever stamp is intended to
be used for single-piece 1-ounce FirstClass Mail letters, we will allow the use
of forever stamps on other single-piecerate items.
Our prices for Standard Mail letters
are consistent with our past pricing
strategies. For example, this strategy sets
the Enhanced Carrier Route (ECR) basic
letter rate higher than the regular 5-digit
automation letter rates and encourages
automation-compatible letter mail
eligible for the ECR basic letter rate to
migrate to the automation letter rate.
To better align mail preparation with
our processing capabilities and to
maximize access to lower rates for
mailers, we are implementing scheme
preparation in many of our mail
preparation standards. We have made
changes to our flat-size mailing
standards to ensure that the prices for
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
flats and parcels better cover their costs
and that pieces eligible for flat-size
prices can be processed on our
automated flat sorting machines (AFSM
100s) and handled efficiently at
delivery.
The standards for automation flats are
now more closely aligned with the
processing capabilities of the AFSM
100, the preferred machine for flats
processing and the workhorse for flats
distribution in processing plants. The
processing capabilities of the AFSM 100
are vastly superior to those of the
Upgraded Flats Sorting Machine (UFSM
1000). The throughput of the AFSM 100
(17,000 pieces per hour) is much higher
than the throughput of the UFSM 1000
(a mere 5,000 pieces per hour). There
are no plans to purchase new UFSM
1000s, and we are removing them from
many plants. We also believe that our
new standards for Standard Mail will be
appropriate for pieces weighing up to 16
ounces when processed and delivered
in the future flats sequencing
environment.
To be consistent with the processing
capabilities of the AFSM 100, the length
of a flat will continue to be the longest
dimension, but for bound or folded
pieces claimed at automation rates, the
edge perpendicular to the bound or
folded edge may not exceed 12 inches.
We also revised the deflection test for
automation-rate flats with bound or
folded edges to allow them to be tested
by placing the bound or final folded
edge perpendicular to the edge of the
flat surface. This method better
accommodates pieces with bound edges
as the shorter dimension.
We set a 5-inch by 6-inch minimum
for automation flats because smaller
pieces cannot be efficiently processed
and present handling problems at
delivery. However, these pieces may
qualify for letter rates or nonautomation
flats rates, depending on mailpiece
characteristics.
Our standards further stipulate that
rigid pieces do not qualify for flat
prices. Rigid pieces are not easily
processed on our AFSM 100 flat-sorting
equipment—often resulting in manual
processing or processing on lessefficient flats equipment—and are not
generally handled as flats by carriers at
delivery. In addition, rigid pieces
cannot be processed and delivered
efficiently in the future flats sequencing
environment. Our new flexibility test is
a simple, effective, and efficient way to
test the flexibility of pieces presented at
our thousands of acceptance locations,
to determine whether such pieces can
be processed on our AFSM 100s and
handled as flats by carriers. To alleviate
concerns about postal employees
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
administering the test inconsistently, we
will allow customers to perform this test
on their own pieces, with a postal
employee observing and validating the
test. Understanding that the
characteristics of mailpieces evolve over
time, we will test pieces that fall outside
of the flexibility standards as necessary
and continually re-evaluate our
standards to accommodate new
processing and delivery capabilities.
The flexibility test specifies that
pieces must not be in boxes because
boxes and boxlike pieces do not process
well on our AFSM 100 and are not
handled efficiently during delivery. We
clarified the flexibility test by stating
that pieces must be tested first with the
longest side parallel to the edge of the
surface. If the piece can pass this test
and does not contain a rigid insert,
further testing is unnecessary. We are
confident that our acceptance
employees can recognize pieces that
could present a flexibility problem and
will properly administer the test but, as
we noted above, we also will allow
customers to test their own pieces while
we observe. We will provide
illustrations for the flexibility test as
well as the test for deflection in the
DMM and other publications.
We will apply the uniform thickness
standard to all flat-size mail but will
allow a 1⁄4-inch variation in thickness.
Our standards for determining uniform
thickness exclude the outer edges of the
mailpiece as follows:
‘‘Flat-size mailpieces must be
uniformly thick so that any bumps,
protrusions, or other irregularities do
not cause more than 1⁄4-inch variance in
thickness. Exclude the outside edges of
a mailpiece (1 inch from the edge) when
determining variance in thickness.
Mailers must secure nonpaper contents
to prevent shifting of more than 2 inches
within the mailpiece.’’
The exclusion of pieces over 3⁄4 inch
thick from automation flats is consistent
with processing capabilities on our
AFSM 100s and our automatic
inductions systems. Many pieces that
are thicker than 3⁄4 inch and currently
qualify for Standard Mail automation
flats rates are boxes or rigid pieces. Few
Standard Mail pieces that are flexible
printed material are both over 3⁄4 inch
and under 16 ounces, which is the
maximum weight for Standard Mail.
We do not require nonautomation
flats to meet all automation standards.
Pieces that meet the general size and
physical characteristics for all flats in
proposed DMM 301.1.0 but are too
flimsy, are not barcoded, or use
polywrap that is not approved are
eligible for nonautomation flats rates.
Small pieces (for example, pieces 4
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
15367
inches high by 4 inches long) that are
over 1⁄4 inch thick also are eligible for
nonautomation flats rates.1
NFM pieces are rigid, parcel-like
pieces and large pieces (more than 15
inches long or more than 3⁄4 inch thick)
that currently qualify for Standard Mail
automation flats rates based solely on
the UFSM 1000 criteria. However, these
pieces are rarely processed on the
UFSM 1000 or other flats sorting
equipment, and are seldom delivered as
flats—they are usually processed either
manually or in the parcel mailstream.
Therefore, the current prices of these
pieces are not adequate to cover their
processing and delivery costs.2 The
NFM subcategory gives mailers the
option to mail qualifying pieces at the
lower, NFM rates, rather than at the
higher, parcel rates. The standards allow
mailers to choose on the basis of rates,
preparation, and postage payment how
to mail qualifying pieces under the
categories of Standard Mail.
Our preparation and labeling
standards for NFMs will direct them to
the processing facilities that can
efficiently handle them, based on actual
operations and mailflows. The
preparation and destination options for
NFMs weighing 6 ounces or more mirror
those of Standard Mail machinable
parcels, because they are both efficiently
processed at bulk mail centers (BMCs).
The preparation and destination options
for NFMs under 6 ounces mirror those
of Standard Mail irregular parcels,
which are efficiently processed at area
distribution centers (ADCs).3
The NFM subcategory of Standard
Mail was developed according to
statutory standards and procedures. The
NFM category and prices were
recommended by the Postal Regulatory
Commission and approved by the Board
of Governors. The standards are
consistent with the Postal Service’s
authority, under statute and the
Domestic Mail Classification Schedule,
to align classifications and rates with
mail processing and delivery operations.
1 The distinctions between ‘‘nonautomation’’ and
‘‘nonmachinable,’’ as they relate to Not FlatMachinable (NFM) pieces, as well as the operations
related to NFMs, were discussed on the record in
Docket No. R2006–1 (in the reply brief of the United
States Postal Service, Docket No. R2006–1, at 202).
2 The cost and operational justifications
supporting the NFM subcategory were discussed on
the record in Docket No. R2006–1 (in the initial
brief of the United States Postal Service, Docket No.
R2006–1, at 279, on December 21, 2006; and in the
reply brief of the United States Postal Service,
Docket No. R2006–1, at 199–201, on January 4,
2007).
3 The Postal Regulatory Commission clarified the
rate schedule to ensure that pieces sorted to the
BMC will pay the same rates as pieces sorted to the
ADC (in PRC Op. R2006–1, at 259, n. 183, on
February 26, 2007).
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15368
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
Mailers may still design and package
their mailpieces as they do today and
pay NFM or parcel rates. We will
continue to accept these pieces for
processing and delivery.
We have given mailers time to adjust
their mailpiece design, software
programming, or production processes
to avoid NFM or parcel prices if they
choose to make a change. From our
September 2006 proposal, we have
consistently encouraged mailers to
redesign their packaging to avoid rigid
or box-like mailpieces, and we have
consulted with many mailers who
intended to design pieces that could be
mailable at flats prices. We realize that
not every piece can be redesigned as an
automation flat, but many mailers do
have repackaging options and have
modified their mailpieces to meet the
standards for automation flats. We
further note that we have openly and
often communicated our intention to
move parcel-like pieces out of the
automation flats category in this pricing
change, as well as in earlier rate
testimony, because we handle these
pieces as parcels in processing and
delivery and incur the costs associated
with parcels.4
We also have been working closely
with presort software vendors to ensure
presort software will be available for the
May 14, 2007, implementation. To
ensure our employees and our
customers are prepared, we initiated
training and communication programs
nationwide. We will separately provide
training for customers across the
country at local postal and mailer
facilities and at local Postal Customer
Council events. We will publish
updated manuals and other mailing
tools for customers on our Postal
Explorer Web site at pe.usps.com.
We published our policy for plantverified drop shipment (PVDS) mail in
the DMM Advisory on February 1. The
procedures are the same as those we
used in the past. PVDS mailings verified
and paid for before the implementation
date, using the current rates, will be
accepted at destination entry postal
facilities up to 15 days after May 14,
when presented with appropriate
verification and payment
documentation. PVDS mailings may be
verified and paid for beginning 30 days
prior to May 14, using the new rates,
provided the shipments are not
deposited at destination entry postal
facilities until May 14, or later, when
4 The ongoing dialogue between the Postal
Service and mailers regarding this issue was
discussed on the record in Docket No. R2006–1 (in
the rebuttal testimony of Marc D. McCrery (USPS–
RT–14), Docket No. R2006–1, at 8–11, on November
20, 2006).
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
presented with appropriate verification
and payment documentation. We will
follow our established procedures for
other mailing exceptions, as we have in
past rate cases.
In response to mailers’ requests, we
will publish decision trees, diagrams,
and other supporting material to clarify
physical standards and other mailing
criteria. We agree that illustrations and
diagrams add clarity to written
standards, and we are developing
supporting material for use in the DMM
Advisory, the Quick Service Guides,
and the DMM. We are also updating the
business postage rate calculator on
Postal Explorer (pe.usps.com) with new
graphics and navigation features to
make it even easier to use.
Changes Since the February Proposal
First-Class Mail Changes
The rate for machinable First-Class
Mail letters that weigh 1 ounce or less
is $0.41 and the card rate is $0.26. The
cost for each additional ounce decreases
to $0.17 for First-Class Mail single-piece
and presorted letters, flats, and parcels.
The additional-ounce rate for
automation First-Class Mail letters is
$0.125 and the additional-ounce rate for
automation First-Class Mail flats is
$0.17.
Letter-size First-Class Mail pieces
weighing 1 ounce or less that have any
of the nonmachinable characteristics in
DMM 201.2.1 are subject to a $0.17
nonmachinable surcharge.
Nonmachinable letters over 1 ounce are
charged the First-Class Mail letter rates
based on weight. We retained the 3.3ounce (0.2063-pound) maximum weight
for Presorted First-Class Mail
machinable letters to be consistent with
Standard Mail. Pieces over 3.3 ounces
must be prepared as nonmachinable
letters.
Standard Mail Changes
We revised DMM 243.5.4 to clarify
that there is no 3-digit scheme sort for
origin/entry 3-digit trays for Standard
Mail machinable letters. To be
consistent with the Postal Regulatory
Commissions’ recommended decision,
we revised DMM 246.5.2 to clarify that
letter-size mailpieces, regardless of the
rate paid, are not eligible for a
destination delivery unit rate. We also
clarify that rigid letter-size pieces up to
3.3 ounces may be mailed at the
nonmachinable letter rates.
The Postal Regulatory Commission
also recommended we set enhanced
carrier route (ECR) basic letter rates
lower than ECR basic flats rates and
require all ECR letters not meeting
automation requirements to be charged
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the ECR flats rates. Therefore, we
revised DMM 243.6.1.2 and 243.6.3 to
require ECRLOT letters paid for at the
ECR basic letter rate to meet address
matching and coding standards and to
be delivery-point barcoded and
automation-compatible. We also revised
DMM 243.6.1.3 to allow letters paid for
at ECR basic letter rates to weigh up to
3.5 ounces, consistent with our
standards for pieces paid for at highdensity and saturation letter rates.
For flat-size mail, we revised DMM
301.1.5, Uniform Thickness, to clarify
that nonpaper contents smaller than the
mailing container must not shift more
than 2 inches. We did not intend the
standard to apply to inserts such as
paper envelopes and other thin paper
inserts.
Several mailers asked us to lower the
minimum weight for certain types of
machinable parcels, and we planned to
revise these standards in a separate
rulemaking. However, due to the
substantially lower rates recommended
by the PRC for machinable parcels at the
5-digit level, we decided to revise the
standards as part of this final rule. Our
new standards allow certain size pieces
weighing at least 3.5 ounces to be
mailed as machinable parcels. Based on
extensive testing of these types of pieces
and several years of processing and
handling them, we are confident that we
can process and deliver them as
efficiently as we do similar parcels 6
ounces and over. This change allows
mailers to prepare a wider range of
machinable parcels separately or
together with other machinable parcels.
Periodicals Changes
We clarified the definition of ‘‘length’’
and ‘‘height’’ for automation flats by
consolidating the definitions for all flatsize mail into revised DMM 301.1.2. We
clarified the alternative criteria for
Periodicals automation flats in 707.25.3
to specify that the flexibility and
deflection tests in 301.1.4 and 301.3.2.4
do not apply to these pieces, and that
the standards for uniform thickness and
exterior format in 301.3.6 do apply.
As we stated above, we will delay
implementation of the new prices for
Periodicals mail. We will publish a
Federal Register proposal explaining
the standards, and we will invite your
comments on all aspects of the
Periodicals proposal.
Priority Mail Changes
The USPS-produced flat-rate envelope
is charged the 1-pound price, $9.15
under the Commission’s recommended
decision, regardless of weight or
destination. The Postal Service
originally proposed a lower rate, and the
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
Board of Governors is asking the
Commission to reconsider the $9.15
price.
Other Changes
As a result of the recommended
decision, we will not make changes to
the pricing structure for Confirm. We
will continue to offer Silver and Gold
subscriptions as well as Platinum
subscriptions with unlimited scans.
New fees apply to new subscriptions or
for renewal of existing subscriptions
after May 14, 2007.
We revised DMM 609 with additional
information about the indemnity claims
process.
Summary by Class of Mail
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
Summary of First-Class Mail
Our new prices are based on the
shape of mail and differences in the
relative costs, with separate prices for
letters, flats, and parcels. As shape
becomes a more important price
element, weight becomes less important,
and we reduce prices for letter-size
pieces over 1 ounce and flat-size pieces
over 7 ounces.
The single-piece 1-ounce First-Class
Mail letter price increases $0.02, to
$0.41, and the single-piece card price
also increases $0.02, to $0.26. The
additional-ounce price decreases $0.07
to $0.17.
Our new forever stamp makes future
price changes more convenient for
consumers. The postage value of the
forever stamp equals the First-Class
Mail single-piece 1-ounce letter rate at
any time in the future, without the
addition of extra postage. Initially we
will sell the forever stamp at the new
41-cent rate.
The nonmachinable surcharge
increases to $0.17 and applies to 1ounce letter-size mailpieces with any of
the nonmachinable characteristics.
Nonmachinable letters over 1 ounce are
charged the letter rates, based on
weight. The maximum weight for letters
is 3.5 ounces.
The additional-ounce price for
automation letters decreases from
$0.237 to $0.125. We maintain the 150piece minimum for automation FirstClass Mail letters and cards. Sort levels
are 5-digit/scheme, 3-digit/scheme, 3digit origin, AADC, and mixed AADC.
We offer simplified letter mail
preparation for machinable letters,
requiring mailers to sort only to the
origin 3-digit, AADC, and mixed AADC
levels. We eliminate the automation
carrier route preparation and rates.
To help reduce the number of ‘‘air
trays’’ (partially filled trays) and the
overall costs of handling mail in letter
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
trays, we offer a reduced—overflow tray
option for automation letters. In
addition, to encourage more full trays,
we change our definition of a ‘‘full letter
tray’’ to one in which the pieces fill the
length of the tray between 85 percent
and 100 percent.
To ensure automated processing of
flat-size mail, we require all flats to be
rectangular. The physical standards for
automation flats are the criteria for
AFSM 100 pieces, with new standards
for flexibility. We also lessen and
simplify the deflection standard.
The structure for presorted parcels
includes new workshare prices. The rate
levels are 5-digit, 3-digit, ADC, and
single piece. To simplify the preparation
of First-Class Mail parcels, we make the
preparation of 5-digit/scheme sacks
optional. We require at least 10 pounds
of parcels for 5-digit/scheme sacks, 3digit sacks, and ADC sacks. Remaining
pieces sorted to mixed ADC sacks are
charged the single-piece First-Class Mail
parcel prices.
Barcodes facilitate processing on the
Automated Package Processing System
(APPS), and we give mailers the option
of applying either a 5-digit UCC/EAN
Code 128 or a POSTNET barcode on
presorted parcels. Unless prepared in 5digit/scheme containers or paid for at
the single-piece rates, a $0.05 surcharge
applies to all parcels that are not
barcoded, or that weigh less than 2
ounces, and to irregularly shaped
parcels such as triangles, tubes, rolls,
and similar pieces.
Summary of Standard Mail
Our prices encourage mail that is
compatible with our operations and
drop shipped closer to its destination.
As in First-Class Mail, Standard Mail
pricing has greater recognition of shape
and reduced reliance on weight.
Letters
Automation letter sort levels are 5digit/scheme, 3-digit/scheme, AADC,
and mixed AADC. Mailers also have the
option to prepare 3-digit/scheme origin/
entry trays for automation letters. We
offer a simplified preparation and
require mailers of machinable letters to
sort only to the AADC and mixed AADC
levels, with optional sorting to 3-digit
origin/entry trays.
ECR letters up to 3 ounces that are
barcoded and automation-compatible
are sorted in full trays according to new
preparation standards. Mailers sort and
bundle ECR letters that are not barcoded
or not automation-compatible, or that
are over 3 ounces, according to current
preparation standards. Mailers sort and
bundle mailings that contain pieces
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
15369
both over and under 3 ounces according
to current preparation standards.
We replace the nonmachinable
surcharge with a separate rate structure
for nonmachinable letters up to 3.3
ounces. Nonmachinable letter sort levels
are 5-digit, 3-digit, ADC, and mixed
ADC, for which there are separate rates.
Mailers have the option to prepare 3digit origin/entry trays. Nonmachinable
letters over 3.3 ounces are charged the
Not Flat-Machinable (NFM) rates or, if
barcoded and meeting other
requirements, an automation flat-size
rate.
Destination delivery unit (DDU) entry
rates are not available for ECR letter-size
pieces, and mailers cannot pay ECR flatsize rates and claim the DDU discount
for automation-compatible letters drop
shipped to DDUs. Destination sectional
center facility (DSCF) entry rates are
allowed for DDU entry of some ECR
letters, including letters with simplified
addresses and locally entered mailings
of 2,500 pieces or less. We eliminate
ECR automation basic rates. ECRLOT
letters paid for at the basic letter rate
must meet address matching and coding
standards and must be delivery-point
barcoded and automation-compatible.
To help reduce the costs of handling
mail in letter trays, we offer a reduced—
overflow tray option for automation
letters. In addition, to encourage fuller
trays, we change our definition of a ‘‘full
letter tray’’ to one in which the pieces
fill the length of the tray between 85
percent and 100 percent.
Flats
The physical standards for
automation flats retain most of the
criteria for AFSM 100 pieces, with new
standards for flexibility that exclude
boxes and box-like pieces. We added a
rectangular requirement and a uniform
thickness standard for all flats. The new
uniform thickness standard allows up to
a 1⁄4-inch variation in thickness. These
changes ensure that pieces paid for at
automation flats rates can be processed
in automated operations and delivered
as flats. We also lessen the deflection
standard and allow bound or folded
pieces to be tested differently than
enveloped pieces.
We increase the maximum size for
carrier route flats so that the same
maximum size applies to all flats,
regardless of the rate paid.
Not Flat-Machinable Pieces
Our prices include a new Not FlatMachinable (NFM) subcategory for rigid
flat-size pieces and for large pieces that
are currently automation-compatible
only by meeting UFSM 1000 standards.
This subcategory provides mailers a
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15370
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
still required to drop ship Customized
MarketMail pieces to DDUs.
Parcels
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
lower-than-parcel rate option for pieces
that do not meet the new standards for
flats. We do not allow bundling for most
NFMs, and mailers may prepare pieces
in 5-digit/scheme, 3-digit, ADC/BMC,
and mixed ADC/BMC containers. We
allow 5-digit bundles of five or more
NFMs when the mail is prepared on
pallets. We offer a DDU entry rate for
NFMs sorted to 5-digit destinations
when drop shipped directly to the DDU.
There is no minimum for NFMs drop
shipped to DDUs. Unless prepared in 5digit/scheme containers, a $0.05
surcharge applies to all NFMs that are
not barcoded.
As we stated above, we will delay
implementation of our new prices for
Periodicals mail. We will publish a
separate Federal Register proposal
explaining the standards for Periodicals
mail resulting from the Postal
Regulatory Commission’s recommended
decision, and asking for your comments.
To encourage fuller letter trays, we
change our definition of a ‘‘full letter
tray’’ to one in which the pieces fill the
length of the tray between 85 percent
and 100 percent. We reduce certain
destination pallet minimums to 100
pounds of bundles or sacks of nonletter
mail or 12 linear feet of trays on pallets.
We eliminate the residual shape
surcharge for Standard Mail parcels. We
no longer offer a $0.03 machinable
barcode discount. Instead, parcel prices
include a requirement for barcodes.
Unless prepared in 5-digit/scheme
containers, a $0.05 surcharge applies to
all parcels that are not barcoded.
We remove the bundling requirement
for all Standard Mail irregular parcels
except ECR parcels. We reduce the
required minimum quantity of irregular
parcels in sacks to 10 pounds per sack.
We allow mailers the option of using
POSTNET barcodes or parcel barcodes
on Standard Mail irregular parcels.
We encourage mailers to commingle
machinable parcels, irregular parcels,
and NFMs when they are able to
combine them in 5-digit/scheme
containers. We allow mailers to
combine NFMs under 6 ounces with
irregular parcels in 3-digit, ADC, and
mixed ADC containers. We also allow
mailers to combine NFMs weighing 6
ounces or more with machinable parcels
in BMC/ASF and mixed BMC
containers. We allow mailers to
combine Standard Mail parcels, NFMs,
machinable Parcel Select, and Bound
Printed Matter parcels when prepared in
3-digit containers to certain ZIP Codes
and entered at designated SCFs.
Our new standards in 401.1.0 allow
certain size pieces weighing at least 3.5
ounces to be mailed as machinable
parcels. This change allows mailers to
prepare a wider range of machinable
parcels separately or together with other
machinable parcels.
We offer a DDU entry rate for parcels
sorted to 5-digit/scheme destinations
when drop shipped directly to the DDU.
There is no minimum for the amount of
parcels drop shipped to a DDU.
Customized MarketMail
Rates for Customized MarketMail
equal the 5-digit nonentry rate for Not
Flat-Machinable pieces, and mailers are
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
Detached Address Labels
Our prices include a new $0.015
charge for detached address labels with
ECR pieces. Mailers who prepare mail
with addresses on their mailpieces
could avoid the new charge.
Pallets
We reduce certain destination pallet
minimums to 100 pounds of bundles or
sacks of nonletter mail or 12 linear feet
of trays on pallets.
Summary of Periodicals
Summary of Package Services
Package Services includes Parcel Post,
Bound Printed Matter, Media Mail, and
Library Mail. Our standards simplify
Package Services offerings and
encourage more efficient handling of
parcels.
Parcel Post
Currently, we charge parcels weighing
less than 15 pounds and measuring
more than 84 inches in combined length
and girth the 15-pound rates (‘‘balloon
rate’’). Under the new standards, we
charge parcels weighing less than 20
pounds and measuring more than 84
inches in combined length and girth the
20-pound rates.
We incorporate the current $0.03
barcode discount available for
machinable Parcel Select destination
bulk mail center (DBMC) entry mail into
the price, and we require a barcode.
Nonbarcoded machinable pieces are
charged the applicable Intra-BMC/ASF
rate.
We do not change the mail
preparation standards for Parcel Select.
Bound Printed Matter
We rename single-piece Bound
Printed Matter ‘‘nonpresorted’’ Bound
Printed Matter, and we eliminate it as a
retail option. Customers can still use PC
Postage or apply meter postage or
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
adhesive stamps to nonpresorted BPM
and deposit these pieces in a collection
box, at the retail counter, or with their
letter carrier. For flat-size pieces, we
increase the $0.08 discount from the
parcel price to $0.16. We do not change
the $0.03 per piece POSTNET barcode
discount for flat-size mail and the $0.03
per piece parcel barcode discount for
machinable parcels.
To reduce sacks, we require 5-digit/
scheme and 3-digit/scheme bundles and
5-digit/scheme sacks for presorted flatsize Bound Printed Matter. We require
5-digit/scheme sacks for machinable
and irregular parcels.
Media Mail and Library Mail
To reduce sacks, we require 5-digit/
scheme and 3-digit/scheme bundles and
5-digit/scheme sacks for presorted flatsize Media Mail and Library Mail. We
require 5-digit/scheme sacks for
machinable and irregular parcels.
Pallets
We reduce certain destination pallet
minimums to 100 pounds of bundles or
sacks of nonletter mail.
Summary of Priority Mail
We continue to offer convenience in
Priority Mail. The USPS-produced flatrate envelope is still charged the 1pound price, regardless of weight or
destination. USPS-produced flat-rate
boxes will become a permanent offering.
Prices for all Priority Mail pieces
weighing over 23 pounds decrease for
all zones, many by as much as 20
percent.
Previously, we charged the 15-pound
rates (‘‘balloon rate’’) for Priority Mail
pieces weighing less than 15 pounds
and measuring more than 84 inches in
combined length and girth. Under the
new standards, we charge the 20-pound
rates (the new ‘‘balloon rate’’) for
Priority Mail pieces weighing less than
20 pounds and measuring more than 84
inches in combined length and girth.
We apply the new balloon rate only to
pieces addressed for local delivery or to
zones 1–4.
Priority Mail pieces that exceed 1
cubic foot and are addressed to zones 5–
8 are subject to a new dimensionalweight price under 123.1.4. We rate
postage for these pieces at the greater of
their actual weight or their dimensional
weight. In general, if a piece is relatively
light for its size, it may be subject to a
dimensional-weight price. We calculate
dimensional weight using one of two
formulas, one for rectangular and one
for nonrectangular pieces.
USPS-supplied containers containing
mailings of other classes of mail under
Priority Mail Open and Distribute are
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
not subject to dimensional weight
pricing.
Summary of Express Mail
Express Mail pieces often contain
material that ranges from a half-pound
to 2 pounds. Previously, these pieces
paid the 2-pound price. To keep Express
Mail a viable alternative for mailers, we
add a new 1-pound price. The flat-rate
envelope continues to be charged the
half-pound price, regardless of weight.
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
Summary of Extra Services
Our proposal keeps insured mail
reliable, easy, and affordable. All
insured pieces will have a barcoded
label and receive a delivery scan. We
will not require a signature at delivery
for insured items with an indemnity of
$200 or less. We also update the
standards for filing an indemnity claim.
We provide new prices for Bulk
Parcel Return Service, Business Reply
Mail, Certificate of Mailing, Certified
Mail, Collect on Delivery, Delivery
Confirmation, Bulk Insurance, Express
Mail Insurance, Merchandise Return
Service, Money Orders, Parcel Airlift,
Parcel Return Service, Registered Mail,
Restricted Delivery, Return Receipt,
Return Receipt for Merchandise,
Signature Confirmation, and Special
Handling.
Summary of Other Services
Our new standards seek to modernize
our services, improve address quality,
and reduce undeliverable-as-addressed
mail.
We decrease the price for Address
Change Service electronic option for
First-Class Mail from $0.21 to $0.06. We
increase the price for all other classes of
mail from $0.21 to $0.25. We decrease
the price for manual Address Correction
Service for all classes of mail from $0.75
to $0.50. For manual notifications
received by electronic and automated
ACS customers, we decrease the prices
to match electronic notification prices,
$0.06 for First-Class Mail and $0.25 for
other classes.
A new automated option for Address
Change Service for First-Class Mail
letters provides the first two notices at
no charge, and additional notices for
$0.05 each. For Standard Mail letters,
the first two notices are $0.02 each, and
additional notices are $0.15 each. This
new option requires mailers to use the
Intelligent Mail barcode.
The Postal Regulatory Commission
recommended that we implement a new
service to charge for the actual number
of Standard Mail pieces forwarded and
returned. This service would use
electronic data to give mailers an
alternative to the current process that
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
charges a weighted rate for the returned
pieces only (the weighted rate is
intended to cover the postage for the
forwarded pieces also). The new service
would be available for Address Change
Service pieces using the electronic
option, or the new automated option
using the Intelligent Mail barcode. This
service will be available to customers
through an approval process that
ensures individual customer and postal
systems can adapt to the new payment
system.
We no longer offer on-site meter
services. We eliminate the fees
associated with on-site meter service,
meter resetting, examination, and
checking meters in and out of service.
Individual post office box holders at
different locations may experience
varying price changes as we continue to
align prices with our costs for each
location. Our new prices also realign the
Caller Service fees based on location.
We provide new prices for Address
Sequencing Service, Confirm, Mailing
List Service, Permit Imprint, Pickup on
Demand service, Premium Forwarding
Service, Shipper Paid Forwarding,
Stamped Cards, Stamped Envelopes,
and all annual and quarterly mailing
fees.
We provide the updated DMM
standards, and how they are applied for
each type of mail, below.
We adopt the following amendments
to Mailing Standards of the United
States Postal Service, Domestic Mail
Manual (DMM), incorporated by
reference in the Code of Federal
Regulations. See 39 CFR 111.1.
List of Subjects in 39 CFR Part 111
Administrative practice and
procedure, Postal Service.
I Accordingly, 39 CFR Part 111 is
amended as follows:
PART 111—[AMENDED]
1. The authority citation for 39 CFR
part 111 continues to read as follows:
I
Authority: 5 U.S.C. 552(a); 39 U.S.C. 101,
401, 403, 404, 414, 3001–3011, 3201–3219,
3403–3406, 3621, 3626, 5001.
2. Revise the following sections of
Mailing Standards of the United States
Postal Service, Domestic Mail Manual
(DMM), as follows:
I
100 Retail Mail: Letters, Cards, Flats,
and Parcels
101
Physical Standards
1.0
Physical Standards for Letters
1.1
Dimensional Standards for Letters
Letter-size mail is:
*
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
15371
[Renumber item c as item d. Insert
new item c as follows:]
c. Not more than 3.5 ounces.
*
*
*
*
*
1.2 Nonmachinable Criteria
A letter-size piece is nonmachinable
(see 6.4) if it has one or more of the
following characteristics (see 601.1.4 to
determine the length, height, top, and
bottom of a mailpiece):
[Renumber items a through i as items
b through j. Insert new item a as
follows:]
a. Is over 3.5 ounces.
*
*
*
*
*
2.0
Physical Standards for Flats
2.1 General Definition
Flat-size mail is:
*
*
*
*
*
[Renumber item c as new item f. Insert
new items c through e as follows:]
c. Flexible (see 2.2).
d. Rectangular.
e. Uniformly thick (see 2.3).
*
*
*
*
*
[Insert new 2.2 through 2.4 as
follows:]
2.2 Minimum Flexibility Criteria for
Flat-Size Pieces
Flat-size pieces must be flexible.
Boxes and box-like pieces—with or
without hinges, gaps, or breaks that
allow the piece to bend—are not flats.
Tight envelopes that are completely
filled to form box-like pieces are not
flats. Test flats as follows:
a. All flats:
1. Place the piece with the length
parallel to the edge of a flat surface and
extend the piece halfway off the surface.
2. Press down on the piece at a point
1 inch from the outer edge, in the center
of the piece’s length, exerting steady
pressure.
3. The piece is not flexible if it cannot
bend at least 1 inch vertically without
being damaged.
4. The piece is flexible if it can bend
at least 1 inch vertically without being
damaged and it does not contain a rigid
insert. No further testing is necessary.
5. Test the piece according to 2.2b or
2.2c below if it can bend at least 1 inch
vertically without being damaged and it
contains a rigid insert.
b. Flats 10 inches or longer that pass
the test in 2.2a and contain a rigid
insert:
1. Place the piece with the length
perpendicular to the edge of a flat
surface and extend the piece 5 inches
off the surface.
2. Press down on the piece at a point
1 inch from the outer edge, in the center
of the piece’s width, exerting steady
pressure.
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15372
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
3. Turn the piece around and repeat
steps 1 and 2. The piece is flexible if
both ends can bend at least 2 inches
vertically without being damaged.
c. Flats less than 10 inches long that
pass the test in 2.2a and contain a rigid
insert:
1. Place the piece with the length
perpendicular to the edge of a flat
surface and extend the piece one-half of
its length off the surface.
2. Press down on the piece at a point
1 inch from the outer edge, in the center
of the piece’s width, exerting steady
pressure.
3. Turn the piece around and repeat
steps 1 and 2. The piece is flexible if
both ends can bend at least 1 inch
vertically without being damaged.
2.3
Uniform Thickness
Flat-size mailpieces must be
uniformly thick so that any bumps,
protrusions, or other irregularities do
not cause more than 1⁄4-inch variance in
thickness. Exclude the outside edges of
a mailpiece (1 inch from the edge) when
determining variance in thickness.
Mailers must secure nonpaper contents
to prevent shifting of more than 2 inches
within the mailpiece.
2.4 Flat-Size Pieces Not Eligible for
Flat-Size Rates
Mailpieces that do not meet the
standards in 2.1 through 2.3 are not
eligible for flat-size rates and must be
paid for at the applicable parcel rates.
*
*
*
*
*
Nonmachinable letters over 1 ounce are
charged the First-Class Mail letter rate
based on weight.
[Revise heading and text of 6.4.2 as
follows:]
6.4.2
Nonmachinable Flats
Flat-size pieces that do not meet the
standards in 2.0 are subject to the
applicable postage for a parcel-size
piece, based on weight.
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete 8.0, Additional Physical
Standards for Bound Printed Matter.
Renumber 9.0 and 10.0 as new 8.0 and
9.0.]
*
*
*
*
*
102 Elements on the Face of a
Mailpiece
*
*
*
*
*
3.0 Placement and Content of Mail
Markings
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise heading of 3.3 as follows:]
3.3
Mail Markings
[Revise first sentence of 3.3 as
follows:]
Mailers must print the basic required
Package Services subclass marking—
‘‘Parcel Post’’ or ‘‘PP,’’ ‘‘Media Mail,’’ or
‘‘Library Mail’’—on each piece claimed
at the respective rate.* * *
*
*
*
*
*
110
Retail Mail: Express Mail
113
Rates and Eligibility
5.0 Additional Physical Standards for
Priority Mail
1.0
Express Mail Rates and Fees
*
*
*
*
1.2
Express Mail Rate Application
5.2
Two or More Packages
*
*
*
[Revise 5.2 as follows:]
With the exception of USPS-produced
Priority Mail flat-rate envelopes or
boxes, two or more packages may be
mailed as a single parcel if they are
about the same size or shape, are
securely wrapped or fastened together,
and do not exceed the weight or size
limits.
*
*
*
*
*
6.0 Additional Physical Standards for
First-Class Mail
*
*
6.4
Nonmachinable Pieces
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
6.4.1
*
*
*
*
[Revise 1.2 as follows:]
Except under 1.4, Flat-Rate Envelope,
Express Mail items are charged the 0.5pound rate for items up to 0.5 pound.
Items over 0.5 pound are rounded up to
the next whole pound. For example, if
a piece weighs 0.25 pound, the weight
(postage) increment is 0.5 pound; if a
piece weighs 0.75 pound, the weight
(postage) increment is 1 pound; if a
piece weighs 1.2 pounds, the weight
(postage) increment is 2 pounds.
*
*
*
*
*
120
Retail Mail: Priority Mail
Jkt 211001
Rates and Eligibility
1.0
[Revise 6.4.1 as follows:]
Letter-size pieces (except card-rate
pieces) that weigh 1 ounce or less and
meet one or more of the nonmachinable
characteristics in 1.2 are subject to the
nonmachinable surcharge (see 133.1.11).
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
*
123
Nonmachinable Letters
VerDate Aug<31>2005
*
Priority Mail Rates and Fees
*
*
1.2
Priority Mail Rate Application
*
*
*
[Revise 1.2 as follows:]
Except under 1.3, 1.4, and 1.5,
Priority Mail rates are charged per
pound; any fraction of a pound is
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
rounded up to the next whole pound.
For example, if a piece weighs 1.2
pounds, the weight (postage) increment
is 2 pounds. The minimum postage
amount per addressed piece is the 1pound rate. The Priority Mail rate up to
1 pound is based on weight only; rates
for pieces weighing more than 1 pound
are based on weight and zone. Other
charges may apply. See Exhibit 1.3,
Priority Mail Rates.
[Revise the heading and text of 1.3 as
follows:]
1.3 Minimum Rate for Parcels to
Zones 1–4
Parcels addressed for delivery to
Zones 1–4 (including Local) that weigh
less than 20 pounds but measure more
than 84 inches (but not more than 108
inches) in combined length and girth are
charged the applicable zone rate for a
20-pound parcel (balloon rate).
[Delete 1.6 and 1.7; renumber 1.4 and
1.5 as new 1.6 and 1.7. Insert new 1.4
and 1.5 as follows:]
1.4 Dimensional Weight Rate for LowDensity Parcels to Zones 5–8
Postage for parcels addressed for
delivery to Zones 5–8 and exceeding 1
cubic foot (1,728 cubic inches) is based
on the actual weight or the dimensional
weight (as calculated in 1.4.1 or 1.4.2),
whichever is greater.
1.4.1 Determining Dimensional
Weight for Rectangular Parcels
Follow these steps to determine the
dimensional weight for a rectangular
parcel:
a. Measure the length, width, and
height in inches. Round off (see 604.7.0)
each measurement to the nearest whole
inch.
b. Multiply the length by the width by
the height.
c. If the result exceeds 1,728 cubic
inches, divide the result by 194 and
round up (see 604.7.0) to the next whole
number to determine the dimensional
weight in pounds.
1.4.2 Determining Dimensional
Weight for Nonrectangular Parcels
Follow these steps to determine the
dimensional weight for a nonrectangular
parcel:
a. Measure the length, width, and
height in inches at their extreme
dimensions. Round off (see 604.7.0)
each measurement to the nearest whole
inch.
b. Multiply the length by the width by
the height.
c. Multiply the result by an
adjustment factor of 0.785.
d. If the final result exceeds 1,728
cubic inches, divide the result by 194
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
and round up (see 604.7.0) to the next
whole number to determine the
dimensional weight in pounds.
e. If the dimensional weight exceeds
70 pounds, the parcel pays the 70pound rate.
1.5
Flat-Rate Boxes and Envelopes
Any amount of material may be
mailed in a USPS-produced Priority
Mail flat-rate box or flat-rate envelope.
When sealing a flat-rate box or flat-rate
envelope, the container flaps must be
able to close within the normal folds.
Tape may be applied to the flaps and
seams to reinforce the container,
provided the design of the container is
not enlarged by opening the sides and
the container is not reconstructed in any
way.
1.5.1 Flat-Rate Boxes—Rate and
Eligibility
Each USPS-produced Priority Mail
flat-rate box is charged $9.15, regardless
of the actual weight of the piece or its
destination. Only USPS-produced flatrate boxes are eligible for the flat-rate
box rate.
1.5.2 Flat-Rate Envelopes—Rate and
Eligibility
Each USPS-produced Priority Mail
flat-rate envelope is charged $4.60,
regardless of the actual weight of the
piece or its destination. Only USPSproduced flat-rate envelopes are eligible
for the flat-rate envelope rate.
*
*
*
*
*
130
First-Class Mail Rates and Fees
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
1.1 First-Class Mail Single-Piece Rate
Application
The single-piece rates for First-Class
Mail are applied as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the weight limit in item b as
follows:]
b. The letter rate applies to letter-size
pieces that meet the standards in
101.1.1 and weigh 3.5 ounces or less,
and that are not eligible for and claimed
at the card rate.
[Insert new items c and d as follows:]
c. The flat rate applies to flat-size
pieces that meet the standards in
101.2.1.
d. The parcel rate applies to parcelsize pieces under 101.3.0 and to flat-size
pieces that do not meet the standards in
101.2.0.
*
*
*
*
*
[Renumber 1.7, Rates for Keys and
Identification Devices, as new 1.9.
Restructure the rate tables in 1.5 and 1.6
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
1.11 Applicability of Nonmachinable
Surcharge
[Revise renumbered 1.11 as follows:]
The nonmachinable surcharge applies
to letter-size pieces that weigh 1 ounce
or less and meet one or more of the
nonmachinable characteristics in
101.1.2. Pieces mailed at the card rate
are not subject to the nonmachinable
surcharge.
*
*
*
*
*
2.0 Basic Eligibility Standards for
First-Class Mail
Description of Service
*
Rates and Eligibility
1.0
1.8 Keys and Identification Devices
[Revise 1.8 to remove references to the
nonmachinable surcharge in the first
three sentences as follows:]
Keys and identification devices (such
as identification cards and uncovered
identification tags) that weigh 13 ounces
or less are returned at the applicable
single-piece First-Class Mail parcel rate
plus the fee. Keys and identification
devices that weigh more than 13 ounces
but not more than 1 pound are returned
at the 1-pound Priority Mail rate plus
the fee. Keys and identification devices
weighing more than 1 pound but not
more than 2 pounds are mailed at the 2pound Priority Mail rate for zone 4 plus
the fee. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
[Renumber 1.9 through 1.11 as new
1.10 through 1.12.]
2.1
Retail Mail: First-Class Mail
133
into new 1.5 through 1.7 for separate
letter, flat, and parcel rates.]
*
*
*
*
2.1.2 Rate Options
[Revise 2.1.2 to add shape-based
reference as follows:]
First-Class Mail offers shape-based
single-piece rates in 1.0.
*
*
*
*
*
150
Retail Mail: Parcel Post
153
Rates and Eligibility
1.0
Parcel Post Rates and Fees
1.1 Rate Eligibility
There are two Parcel Post retail rate
categories: Intra-BMC and Inter-BMC.
Intra-BMC and Inter-BMC Parcel Post
rates are calculated based on the zone to
which the parcel is addressed and the
weight of the parcel. Requirements for
Parcel Post rates and discounts are as
follows:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item d as follows:]
d. Parcels that weigh less than 20
pounds but measure more than 84
inches (but not more than 108 inches)
in combined length and girth are
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
15373
charged the applicable rate for a 20pound parcel (balloon rate).
*
*
*
*
*
1.7 Inter-BMC/ASF Machinable Parcel
Post
[Revise 1.7 as follows:]
For barcode discount, deduct $0.03
per parcel (50-piece minimum). Parcels
that weigh less than 20 pounds but
measure more than 84 inches (but not
more than 108 inches) in combined
length and girth are charged the
applicable rate for a 20-pound parcel
(balloon rate).
1.8 Inter-BMC/ASF Nonmachinable
Parcel Post
[Revise 1.8 as follows:]
Rates include the $3.89
nonmachinable surcharge. Regardless of
weight, a parcel with any of the
characteristics in 101.7.2,
Nonmachinable Parcel Post Standards,
must be charged the rate listed in
Exhibit 1.9. Parcels that weigh less than
20 pounds but measure more than 84
inches (but not more than 108 inches)
in combined length and girth are
charged the applicable rate for a 20pound parcel (balloon rate). The
nonmachinable surcharge does not
apply to parcels mailed at oversized
rates or parcels sent with special
handling.
*
*
*
*
*
1.10 Local and Intra-BMC/ASF
Machinable Parcel Post
[Revise 1.10 as follows:]
Rates for parcels that originate and
destinate in the same BMC service area
are in Exhibit 1.12, Local and IntraBMC/ASF Machinable and
Nonmachinable Parcel Post Rates. For
barcode discount, deduct $0.03 per
parcel (50-piece minimum). Parcels that
weigh less than 20 pounds but measure
more than 84 inches (but not more than
108 inches) in combined length and
girth are charged the applicable rate for
a 20-pound parcel (balloon rate).
Regardless of weight, a parcel with any
of the characteristics in 101.7.2 must be
charged the rate for a nonmachinable
parcel in 1.11.
1.11 Local and Intra-BMC/ASF
Nonmachinable Parcel Post
[Revise 1.11 as follows:]
Rates include the $2.87
nonmachinable surcharge. Regardless of
weight, a parcel with any of the
characteristics in 101.7.2,
Nonmachinable Parcel Post Standards,
must be charged the rates in Exhibit
1.12. Parcels that weigh less than 20
pounds but measure more than 84
inches (but not more than 108 inches)
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15374
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
on each piece as required in 3.3a. The
two-letter rate category code required in
the keyline on manifest mailing pieces
prepared under 705.2.0, Manifest
Mailing System, meets the requirement
for other rate markings.
*
*
*
*
*
in combined length and girth are
charged the applicable rate for a 20pound parcel (balloon rate). The
nonmachinable surcharge does not
apply to parcels mailed at oversized
rates or parcels sent with special
handling.
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete Chapter 160, Retail Mail:
Bound Printed Matter, in its entirety.
These standards are incorporated into
chapters 360 and 460.]
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete 2.3.2, Nonmachinable
Surcharge Not Applied. Renumber 2.3.1
as new 2.3 and revise as follows:]
200
Discount Mail: Letters and Cards
*
201
Physical Standards
3.3 Weight Standards for First-Class
Mail Automation Letters and Cards
[Revise 3.3 to change the weight limit
as follows:]
Maximum weight for First-Class Mail
automation letters is 3.5 ounces (0.2188
pound). See 3.13.4 for pieces heavier
than 3 ounces.
[Revise 1.1 to add ‘‘letter’’ as follows:]
Postage is based on the letter rate that
applies to the weight of each addressed
piece.
1.2 Rate Computation for First-Class
Mail Letters
1.0 Physical Standards for
Machinable Letters and Cards
1.1 Physical Standards for
Machinable Letters
*
*
*
*
*
1.1.2 Weight Standards for
Machinable Letters
[Revise 1.1.2 to change the maximum
weight for First-Class Mail machinable
letters to 3.5 ounces as follows:]
The maximum weight for Presorted
First-Class Mail machinable letters is 3.3
ounces (0.2063 pound). The maximum
weight for Standard Mail machinable
letters is 3.3 ounces (0.2063 pound).
*
*
*
*
*
2.0 Physical Standards for
Nonmachinable Letters
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
2.1 Criteria for Nonmachinable
Letters
A letter-size piece is nonmachinable if
it has one or more of the following
characteristics (see 601.1.4 to determine
the length, height, top, and bottom of a
mailpiece):
[Renumber items a through i as items
b through j. Insert new item a as
follows:]
a. Is over 3.3 ounces, unless prepared
as an automation-rate letter.
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete 2.2.2, Nonmachinable
Surcharge—Letter-Size Pieces.
Renumber 2.2.1 as new 2.2 and revise as
follows:]
2.2 Additional Criteria for First-Class
Mail Nonmachinable Letters
Letter-size pieces (except card-rate
pieces) that weigh 1 ounce or less and
meet one or more of the nonmachinable
characteristics in 2.1 are subject to the
nonmachinable surcharge (see 133.1.10).
Nonmachinable letters over 1 ounce and
up to 3.5 ounces are charged the FirstClass Mail letter rates based on weight.
All letter-size pieces over 3.5 ounces are
prepared as letters and charged the flatsize rates.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
2.3 Additional Criteria for Standard
Mail Nonmachinable Letters
The nonmachinable rates in 243.1.5
apply to Standard Mail letter-size pieces
that weigh 3.3 ounces or less and have
one or more of the nonmachinable
characteristics in 2.1.
3.0 Physical Standards for
Automation Letters and Cards
*
*
*
*
3.4 Weight Standards for Standard
Mail Automation Letters
[Revise 3.4 to remove the reference to
automation carrier route mail as
follows:]
Maximum weight for Standard Mail
mailed at automation and Enhanced
Carrier Route is 3.5 ounces (0.2188
pound). See 3.13.4 for pieces heavier
than 3 ounces.
*
*
*
*
*
202 Elements on the Face of a
Mailpiece
*
*
*
*
*
230 Discount Letters and Cards: FirstClass Mail
233
Rates and Eligibility
1.0
Rates and Fees for First-Class Mail
1.1
Rate Application
[Revise the first sentence in 1.2 to add
‘‘letter’’ as follows:]
First-Class Mail letter rates are
charged per ounce or fraction thereof;
any fraction of an ounce is considered
a whole ounce. For example, if a piece
weighs 1.2 ounces, the weight (postage)
increment is 2 ounces. The minimum
postage per addressed piece is that for
a piece weighing 1 ounce.
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete 1.13, Carrier Route
Automation Cards, and 1.14, Carrier
Route Automation Letters. Renumber
1.15 through 1.19 as new 1.13 through
1.17.]
*
*
*
*
*
3.0 Placement and Content of Mail
Markings
3.0 Basic Standards for First-Class
Mail Letters
*
*
3.1
Description of Service
3.3
Placement of Mail Markings
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item b, item b3, and item c to
delete ‘‘AUTOCR.’’]
3.4
Exceptions to Markings
Exceptions are as follows:
[Revise item a to remove references to
carrier route mail as follows:]
a. Automation Letters. First-Class
Mail and Standard Mail letters do not
require an ‘‘AUTO’’ marking if they bear
a DPBC or an Intelligent Mail barcode
with a delivery point routing code in the
address block or on an insert visible
through a window. First-Class Mail
letters not marked ‘‘AUTO’’ must bear
both the ‘‘Presorted’’ or ‘‘PRSRT’’ and
‘‘First-Class’’ markings. Standard Mail
letters not marked ‘‘AUTO’’ must bear
the appropriate basic marking in 3.3a.
[Revise item b as follows:]
b. Manifest Mailings. The basic
marking must appear in the postage area
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3.1.2
*
*
*
Rate Options
[Revise 3.1.2 as follows:]
First-Class Mail letters offer shapebased single-piece rates in 133.1.0 and
discounted rates in 1.0 for presorted
mailings of 500 or more pieces that
weigh 3.5 ounces or less.
*
*
*
*
*
3.3 Additional Basic Standards for
First-Class Mail
[Revise introductory text in 3.3 as
follows:]
All pieces of presorted First-Class
Mail letters must:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the weight in item b as
follows:]
b. Weigh 3.5 ounces or less.
*
*
*
*
*
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
4.0 Additional Eligibility Standards
for Nonautomation First-Class Mail
Letters
*
*
*
*
*
4.3 Nonmachinable Surcharge for
Letter-Size Pieces
[Revise 4.3 as follows:]
The nonmachinable surcharge in 1.14
applies to letter-size pieces (except cardrate pieces) that weigh 1 ounce or less
and meet one or more of the
nonmachinable characteristics in
201.2.1. Nonmachinable letters over 1
ounce are charged the First-Class Mail
letter rate based on weight.
[Revise heading of 5.0 to delete
‘‘Carrier Route’’ as follows:]
5.0 Additional Eligibility Standards
for Automation Rate First-Class Mail
Letters
[Revise heading of 5.1 as follows:]
5.1 Basic Standards for Automation
First-Class Mail Letters
All pieces in a First-Class Mail
automation rate mailing must:
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete item d2. Move text in item d1
into item d as follows.]
d. Bear a delivery address that
includes the correct ZIP Code, ZIP+4
code, or numeric equivalent to the
delivery point barcode (DPBC) and that
meets the address matching and coding
standards in 5.6, Address Standards for
Barcoded Pieces, and 708.3.0, Coding
Accuracy Support System (CASS).
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete 5.2, Carrier Route Accuracy,
and renumber 5.3 and 5.4 as new 5.2
and 5.3.]
*
*
*
*
*
5.2 Maximum Weight for Automation
Letters
[Revise renumbered 5.2 to change
maximum weight from 3.3 to 3.5 ounces
as follows:]
Maximum weight for First-Class Mail
automation letters is 3.5 ounces (0.2188
pound) (see 201.3.13.4, Heavy Letter
Mail, for pieces heavier than 3 ounces).
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
5.3 Rate Application—Automation
Cards and Letters
Automation rates apply to each piece
that is sorted under 235.6.0 into the
corresponding qualifying groups:
[Delete item a. Renumber items b
through e as new items a through d and
revise as follows:]
a. Groups of 150 or more pieces in 5digit/scheme trays qualify for the 5-digit
rate. Preparation to qualify for the 5digit rate is optional. Pieces placed in
full 3-digit/scheme trays in lieu of 5-
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
digit/scheme overflow trays under
235.6.6 are eligible for the 5-digit rates.
b. Groups of 150 or more pieces in 3digit/scheme trays qualify for the 3-digit
rate. Pieces placed in full AADC trays in
lieu of 3-digit/scheme overflow trays
under 235.6.6 are eligible for the 3-digit
rates.
c. Groups of fewer than 150 pieces in
origin 3-digit/scheme trays and all
pieces in AADC trays qualify for the
AADC rate. Pieces placed in mixed
AADC trays in lieu of AADC overflow
trays under 235.6.6 are eligible for the
AADC rates.
d. Pieces in mixed AADC trays qualify
for the mixed AADC rate, except for
pieces prepared under 5.3c.
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete 5.5 and renumber 5.6 and 5.7
as new 5.4 and 5.5.]
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete renumbered 5.4.7, Rural and
Highway Contract Routes. Renumber
5.4.8 as new 5.4.7.]
*
*
*
*
*
235
Mail Preparation
1.0
General Definition of Terms
*
*
*
*
*
1.2 Definitions of Mailings
Mailings are defined as:
[Revise the second sentence in item a
to remove ‘‘automation carrier route’’ as
follows:]
a. * * * Generally, automation and
nonautomation letters must be prepared
as separate mailings.* * *
*
*
*
*
*
1.3 Terms for Presort Levels
Terms used for presort levels are
defined as follows:
[Delete item a and renumber items b
through k as new items a through j.]
*
*
*
*
*
1.4 Preparation Definitions and
Instructions
For purposes of preparing mail:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item b as follows:]
b. A full letter tray is one in which
faced, upright pieces fill the length of
the tray between 85% and 100% full.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the last sentence in item e to
delete 5-digit scheme trays as an option
and to require 5-digit/scheme sorting to
qualify for the 5-digit rate as follows:]
e. * * * When standards require 5digit/scheme sorting, mailers must
prepare all possible 5-digit/scheme
trays, then prepare all possible 5-digit
trays.
[Revise item f by adding a new last
sentence as follows:]
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
15375
f. * * * When standards require 3digit/scheme sorting, mailers must
prepare all possible 3-digit/scheme
trays, then prepare all possible 3-digit
trays.
*
*
*
*
*
2.0
Bundles
*
*
*
*
*
2.3 Preparing Bundles
Cards and letter-size pieces are
subject to these bundling standards:
[Revise item a as follows:]
a. The maximum thickness for
bundles is 6 inches.
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete item d and renumber items e
and f as new items d and e.]
*
*
*
*
*
2.8 Labeling Bundles
[Revise the first sentence in the
introductory text to delete the reference
to carrier route bundles as follows:]
Unless excepted by standard, the
presort level of each bundle must be
identified either with an optional
endorsement line under 708.7.0 or with
a barcoded pressure-sensitive bundle
label. On letter-size mail (including
card-size pieces), the bundle label must
be placed in the lower left corner of the
address side of the top piece in the
bundle. Bundle labels must not be
obscured by banding or shrinkwrap. The
following colors and presort characters
apply to bundle labels:
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete 2.9, Use of Carrier Route
Information Lines, and 2.10, Facing
Slips—All Carrier Route Mail.]
*
*
*
*
*
4.0
Tray Labels
*
*
*
*
*
4.4 Line 2 (Content Line)
Line 2 (content line) must meet these
standards:
*
*
*
*
*
b. Codes: The codes shown below
must be used as appropriate on Line 2
of tray labels.
[Revise the table in item 4.4b to delete
the entries for ‘‘Carrier Route,’’ ‘‘Carrier
Routes,’’ ‘‘General Delivery Unit,’’
‘‘Highway Contract Route,’’ ‘‘Post Office
Box Section,’’ and ‘‘Rural Route.’’]
*
*
*
*
*
5.0
Preparing Nonautomation Letters
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete 5.2, Manual Only Option, and
renumber 5.3 and 5.4 as new 5.2 and
5.3.]
5.2
Machinable Preparation
*
*
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
*
30MRR3
*
*
15376
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
5.2.2 Traying and Labeling
[Delete item a about labeling the 5digit tray. Renumber items b through d
as new items a through c. Revise
renumbered item a to reflect the 3-digit
origin tray as follows:]
*
*
*
*
*
a. Separate 3-digit origin trays
required for each origin 3-digit ZIP
Code; no minimum piece requirement;
one less-than-full tray permitted for
each origin ZIP Code; labeling:
1. Line 1: L002, Column A.
2. Line 2: ‘‘FCM LTR 3D MACH.’’
*
*
*
*
*
5.3
Nonmachinable Preparation
5.3.1 Nonmachinable Bundling
[Delete the second-to-last sentence in
the introductory text to remove the
‘‘manual only’’ option as follows:]
Except as provided in 2.5, Exception
to Bundle Preparation—Full SingleSort-Level Trays, bundling is required
before traying. A bundle must be
prepared when the quantity of
addressed pieces for a required presort
level reaches a minimum of 10 pieces.
Smaller volumes are not permitted
except for mixed ADC bundles.
Preparation sequence, bundle size, and
labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
6.0
Preparing Automation Rate Letters
*
*
*
*
*
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
6.2 Mailings
The requirements for mailings are as
follows:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item b as follows:]
b. First-Class Mail. A single
automation rate First-Class Mail mailing
may include pieces prepared at 5-digit,
3-digit, AADC, and mixed AADC rates.
*
*
*
*
*
6.3 Marking
[Revise 6.3 to delete the carrier route
references as follows:]
All automation rate pieces must be
marked under 202.3.0, Placement and
Content of Mail Markings, and 202.4.0,
Endorsement Placement. Pieces claimed
at an automation rate must bear the
appropriate class marking and, except as
provided in 202.3.0, Placement and
Content of Mail Markings, and 202.4.0,
Endorsement Placement, ‘‘AUTO.’’
Pieces not claimed at an automation rate
must not bear ‘‘AUTO’’ unless singlepiece rate postage is affixed or the
corrective single-piece rate marking
(‘‘SNGLP’’ or ‘‘Single-Piece’’) is applied.
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
[Delete 1.5, Nonmachinable
Surcharge. Renumber 1.6 and 1.7 as
new 1.5 and 1.6.]
*
*
*
*
*
6.6
[Revise renumbered 1.6.8 to delete the
second-to-last sentence, about
automation ECR.]
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete renumbered 1.6.10, Discount
for Heavy ECR Basic Automation
Letters.]
*
*
*
*
*
Tray Preparation
[Add introductory statement about
overflow trays to 6.6 as follows:]
Instead of preparing overflow trays
with fewer than 150 pieces, mailers may
include these pieces in the next tray
level when a tray of 150 or more pieces
can be made. Mailers must note these
trays on standardized documentation
(see 708.1.2). Pieces that are placed in
the next tray level must be grouped by
destination and placed in the front of
that tray. Mailers may use this option
selectively for 3-digit and AADC ZIP
Codes. This option does not apply to
origin/entry 3-digit/scheme trays.
Preparation sequence, tray size, and
Line 1 labeling:
[Delete items a through c and
renumber items d through g as new
items a through d. Revise renumbered
item a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (see 1.4e): optional,
but required for 5-digit rate (150-piece
minimum); overflow allowed.
1. For 5-digit scheme trays, use
destination shown in the current USPS
City State Product.
2. For 5-digit trays, use city, state, and
5-digit ZIP Code destination on pieces
(see 4.0 for overseas military mail).
*
*
*
*
*
6.7
Tray Line 2
Line 2: ‘‘FCM LTR’’ and:
[Delete items a through c and
renumber items d through i as new
items a through f as follows:]
a. 5-digit scheme: ‘‘BC 5D SCHEME.’’
b. 5-digit: ‘‘5D BC.’’
c. 3-digit scheme: ‘‘BC 3D SCHEME’’
and, if applicable, as shown in L002,
Column B, followed by the letter ‘‘A,’’
‘‘B,’’ or ‘‘C.’’
d. 3-digit: ‘‘3D BC.’’
e. AADC: ‘‘AADC BC.’’
f. Mixed AADC: ‘‘BC WKG.’’
*
*
*
*
*
1.6 Computing Postage for Standard
Mail
*
*
*
*
*
1.6.8 Discount for Heavy Automation
Letters
3.0 Basic Standards for Standard Mail
Letters
*
*
3.2
Defining Characteristics
3.2.1
*
*
*
Mailpiece Weight
[Revise 3.2.1 as follows:]
All Standard Mail pieces must weigh
less than 16 ounces. The following
weight limits also apply to pieces
mailed at Standard Mail letter rates:
a. Pieces mailed at machinable and
nonmachinable letter rates may weigh
up to 3.3 ounces. Letter-size pieces
weighing more than 3.3 ounces and
prepared as nonmachinable letters are
mailable at Not Flat-Machinable rates
(see 443) and must be marked ‘‘Not FlatMachinable’’ or ‘‘NFM’’ according to
402.2.0, unless they are barcoded and
eligible to be mailed as automation flats
under 301.3.0.
b. Pieces mailed at automation letter
rates or Enhanced Carrier Route rates
may weigh up to 3.5 ounces.
*
*
*
*
*
3.3 Additional Basic Standards for
Standard Mail
Rates and Eligibility
Rates and Fees for Standard Mail
4.0
Rate Eligibility for Standard Mail
*
Jkt 211001
243
Each Standard Mail mailing is subject
to these general standards:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item e to add a reference to
3.8.1 as follows:]
e. Each piece must bear the
addressee’s name and delivery address,
including the correct ZIP Code or ZIP+4
code (see 3.8.1), unless an alternative
addressing format is used subject to
602.3.0. Detached address labels may be
used subject to 602.4.0.
*
*
*
*
*
1.0
6.4 General Preparation
[Revise 6.4 as follows:]
VerDate Aug<31>2005
Grouping, bundling, and labeling are
not generally required or permitted,
except bundling is required in any
mailing consisting entirely of card-size
pieces and for pieces in overflow and
less-than-full trays, and grouping is
required under 6.6.
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete 6.6 and 6.7. Renumber 6.8
through 6.10 as new 6.6 through 6.8.]
*
*
*
240 Discount Letters and Cards:
Standard Mail
PO 00000
*
Frm 00012
*
Fmt 4701
*
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
*
30MRR3
*
*
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
4.2 Minimum Per Piece Rates
The minimum per piece rates (the
minimum postage that must be paid for
each piece) apply as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
b. In applying the minimum per piece
rates, a mailpiece is categorized as a
letter based on whether the piece meets
the letter-size standard in 201.1.1.1,
without regard to placement of the
address on the piece, except under these
conditions:
[Revise item b1 to delete ‘‘(nonletter)’’
as follows:]
1. If the piece meets both the
definition of a letter in 201.1.1.1 and the
definition of an automation flat in
301.3.0, the piece may be prepared and
entered at an automation flat rate.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item b3 by changing the base
rate for Customized MarketMail as
follows:]
3. Pieces mailed as Customized
MarketMail under 705.1.0 must be
charged the Regular or Nonprofit
Standard Mail 5-digit nonentry rates for
Not Flat-Machinable pieces and must
not exceed 3.3 ounces.
[Revise item c to delete the last
sentence, about DDU rates.]
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete 4.4, Residual Shape
Surcharge.]
[Replace ‘‘presorted’’ with
‘‘nonautomation’’ throughout 5.0.]
5.5
Nonmachinable Rate Application
Nonmachinable rates in 1.0 apply
only to Standard Mail letter-size pieces
(including card-size pieces) weighing
3.3 ounces or less that have one or more
of the nonmachinable characteristics in
201.2.1. Except for Enhanced Carrier
Route letter-size pieces, nonmachinable
letter-size pieces weighing more than
3.3 ounces are subject to Not FlatMachinable rates (see 443) unless they
are barcoded and eligible to be mailed
as automation flats under 301.3.0.
Nonmachinable Enhanced Carrier Route
letter-size pieces over 3.3 ounces are
subject to the Enhanced Carrier Route
flats rates.
5.5.1
5-Digit Rate
The 5-digit rate applies to letter-size
pieces subject to the nonmachinable
rates (see 5.5) prepared in quantities of
150 or more pieces for a 5-digit ZIP
Code and presented in 5-digit trays
under 245.5.0.
5.5.2
3-Digit Rate
The 3-digit rate applies to letter-size
pieces subject to the nonmachinable
rates (see 5.5) prepared in quantities of
150 or more pieces for a 3-digit ZIP
Code and presented in 3-digit trays
under 245.5.0.
5.5.3
ADC Rate
The ADC rate applies to letter-size
5.0 Additional Eligibility Standards
pieces subject to the nonmachinable
for Nonautomation Standard Mail
rates (see 5.5) placed in 3-digit origin/
Letters
entry trays and to pieces prepared in
quantities of 150 or more for an ADC
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise heading and text of 5.4 to refer and presented in ADC trays under
245.5.0.
to new AADC and mixed AADC rates,
instead of basic rates, as follows:]
5.5.4 Mixed ADC Rate
5.4 Machinable Rate Application
Machinable letters are subject only to
AADC and mixed AADC rates.
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
5.4.1 AADC Rate
The AADC rate applies to qualifying
letter-size machinable pieces (see
201.1.0, Physical Standards for
Machinable Letters and Cards) placed in
origin/entry 3-digit trays, to quantities
of 150 or more pieces prepared in AADC
trays for a single AADC, and to pieces
placed in mixed AADC trays in lieu of
overflow AADC trays.
5.4.2 Mixed AADC Rate
The mixed AADC rate applies to
qualifying letter-size machinable pieces
that the mailer prepares in mixed AADC
trays, except for pieces placed in mixed
AADC trays in lieu of overflow AADC
trays (see 245.5.3.2).
[Delete 5.5 and 5.6. Insert new 5.5 as
follows:]
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
The mixed ADC rate applies to lettersize pieces that are subject to the
nonmachinable rates and prepared in
mixed ADC trays.
[Revise heading of 6.0 as follows:]
6.0 Additional Eligibility Standards
for Enhanced Carrier Route Standard
Mail Letters
6.1 General Enhanced Carrier Route
Standards
6.1.1
Optional Preparation
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 6.1.1 to delete the last
sentence, about automation basic
carrier route.]
6.1.2
Basic Eligibility Standards
All pieces in an Enhanced Carrier
Route or Nonprofit Enhanced Carrier
Route Standard Mail mailing must:
*
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
15377
[Revise item b to delete the second
sentence, about automation basic
carrier route, as follows:]
b. Be part of a single mailing of at
least 200 pieces or 50 pounds of pieces
of Enhanced Carrier Route Standard
Mail. ECR and Nonprofit ECR mailings
must meet separate minimum volumes.
*
*
*
*
*
d. Bear a delivery address that
includes the correct ZIP Code, ZIP+4
code, or numeric equivalent to the
delivery point barcode (DPBC) and that
meets these address quality standards:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item d2 to require address
matching and coding for all ECR letters
as follows:]
2. The address matching and coding
standards in 7.4, Address Standards for
Barcoded Pieces, and 708.3.0, Coding
Accuracy Support System (CASS).
*
*
*
*
*
6.1.3 Maximum Weight for Enhanced
Carrier Route Letters
[Revise 6.1.3 to specify the maximum
weight for all Standard Mail ECR pieces
as follows:]
Maximum weight for Standard Mail
Enhanced Carrier Route pieces: 3.5
ounces (0.2188 pound) (see 201.3.13.4,
Heavy Letter Mail, for pieces heavier
than 3 ounces).
6.2
Carrier Route Accuracy
6.2.1
Basic Standards
The carrier route accuracy standard is
a means of ensuring that the carrier
route code correctly matches the
delivery address information. For the
purposes of this standard, address
means a specific address associated
with a specific carrier route code.
Addresses used on pieces claiming
certain rates under 6.2.2 that are subject
to the carrier route accuracy standard
must meet these requirements:
[Revise item a to delete the last
sentence, about ECR automation rate
Standard Mail, as follows:]
a. Each address and associated carrier
route code used on the mailpieces in a
mailing must be updated within 90 days
before the mailing date with one of the
USPS-approved methods in 3.8.2.
*
*
*
*
*
6.3 Basic Rate Enhanced Carrier
Route Standards
*
6.3.2
*
*
*
*
Basic Rate Eligibility
[Revise 6.3.2 to add the option for
groups of 10 or more pieces, and the
automation-compatible and barcode
requirements, as follows:]
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15378
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
Basic rates apply to each piece sorted
under 245.6.0 or 705.8.0 in a full carrier
route tray, in a carrier route bundle of
10 or more pieces, or in groups of 10 or
more pieces placed in a 5-digit carrier
routes or a 3-digit carrier routes tray.
Basic rates also apply under these
conditions:
a. Basic letter rates apply to each
piece that is automation-compatible
according to 201.3.0, Physical
Standards for Automation Letters and
Cards, and has an accurate delivery
point barcode or Intelligent Mail
barcode under 202.5.0, Barcode
Placement, and 708.4.0, Barcoding
Standards for Letters and Flats.
b. Pieces that are not automationcompatible or not barcoded are mailable
at the basic rate for flat-size pieces.
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete 6.6, Automation ECR
Standards.]
*
*
*
*
*
7.0 Eligibility Standards for
Automation Rate Standard Mail
*
*
*
*
*
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
7.3 Rate Application for Automation
Letters
Automation rates apply to each piece
that is sorted under 245.7.0, Preparing
Automation Rate Letters, into the
corresponding qualifying groups:
[Revise items a through d to
accommodate an option to overflow
trays as follows:]
a. Groups of 150 or more pieces in 5digit/scheme trays qualify for the 5-digit
rate. Preparation to qualify for that rate
is optional. Pieces placed in full 3-digit/
scheme trays under 245.7.5 in lieu of 5digit/scheme overflow trays are eligible
for 5-digit rates (see 245.7.5).
b. Groups of 150 or more pieces in 3digit/scheme trays qualify for the 3-digit
rate. Pieces placed in full AADC trays
under 245.7.5 in lieu of 3-digit/scheme
overflow trays are eligible for 3-digit
rates (see 245.7.5).
c. Groups of fewer than 150 pieces in
origin/entry 3-digit/scheme trays and
groups of 150 or more pieces in AADC
trays qualify for the AADC rate. Pieces
placed in mixed AADC trays under
245.7.5 in lieu of AADC overflow trays
also are eligible for AADC rates (see
245.7.5).
d. Pieces in mixed AADC trays qualify
for the mixed AADC rate, except for
pieces prepared under 7.3c.
*
*
*
*
*
245
Mail Preparation
1.0 General Information for Mail
Preparation
*
*
*
VerDate Aug<31>2005
*
*
20:31 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
1.2 Definitions of Mailings
Mailings are defined as:
*
*
*
*
*
b. Standard Mail. Except as provided
in 243.3.6, Residual Volume
Requirement, the types of Standard Mail
listed below may not be part of the same
mailing.
[Delete item b1, about automation
ECR. Renumber items b2 through b8 as
new items b1 through b7.]
*
*
*
*
*
1.4 Preparation Definitions and
Instructions
For purposes of preparing mail:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item b as follows:]
b. A full letter tray is one in which
faced, upright pieces fill the length of
the tray between 85% and 100% full.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the last sentence in item e as
follows:]
e. A 5-digit scheme sort for
automation letters yields 5-digit scheme
trays for those 5-digit ZIP Codes
identified in the USPS City State
Product and 5-digit trays for other areas.
Mail prepared using 5-digit scheme sort
must be entered no later than 90 days
after the release date of the City State
Product used to obtain the scheme
information (see 708.3.0, Coding
Accuracy Support System (CASS)). The
5-digit ZIP Codes in each scheme are
treated as a single presort destination
subject to a single minimum volume,
with no further separation by 5-digit ZIP
Code required. Trays prepared for a 5digit scheme destination that contain
pieces for only one of the schemed 5digit ZIP Codes are still considered 5digit scheme sorted and are labeled
accordingly. When standards require 5digit/scheme sort, mailers must prepare
all possible 5-digit scheme trays, then
prepare all possible 5-digit trays.
[Revise item f to add a new last
sentence as follows:]
f. A 3-digit scheme sort yields 3-digit
scheme trays for those 3-digit ZIP Code
prefixes listed in L003 and 3-digit trays
for other areas. The 3-digit ZIP Code
prefixes in each scheme are treated as a
single presort destination subject to a
single minimum tray volume, with no
further separation by 3-digit prefix
required. Trays prepared for a 3-digit
scheme destination that contain pieces
for only one of the schemed 3-digit areas
are still considered 3-digit scheme
sorted and are labeled accordingly.
When standards require 3-digit/scheme
sort, mailers must prepare all possible 3digit scheme trays, then prepare all
possible 3-digit trays.
*
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2.0
Bundles
*
*
2.3
Preparing Bundles
*
*
*
Cards and letter-size pieces are
subject to these bundling standards:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item c to delete ‘‘and for
Standard Mail pieces where the mailer
has requested ‘manual only’ processing’’
as follows:]
c. Bundles must be prepared for mail
in all less-than-full trays and for
nonmachinable Standard Mail.
[Revise item d to delete the second
sentence as follows:]
d. Except under 245.6.7, separator
cards or tic marks may be used instead
of bundling for letter-size pieces in full
5-digit carrier routes trays of Enhanced
Carrier Route Standard Mail. The cards
must be of paper or card stock, at least
0.25 inch higher than the highest pieces
in the mailing, and in front of the
corresponding groups of mail. The tic
mark must be applied during the
mailpiece production process and be
printed on the top edge of the envelope,
to the left of the center line of the
envelope.
*
*
*
*
*
4.0
Tray Labels
*
*
4.9
Barcoded Tray Labels
*
*
*
4.9.1 Basic Standards for Barcoded
Tray Labels
*
*
*
*
*
Exhibit 4.9.1 Required Barcoded
Container Labels
[Revise Exhibit 4.9.1 to require
barcoded tray labels for all ECR letters
mailed at letter rates, except for pieces
with simplified addresses, as follows:]
Rate or type
Processing category
Standard Mail
*
Enhanced
Carrier
Route.
*
*
*
*
Letter-size (barcoded labels
not required for letter-size
pieces with simplified addresses or paid for at nonletter rates).
[Revise heading of 5.0 as follows:]
5.0
Preparing Nonautomation Letters
*
*
5.2
Marking
*
*
*
[Revise 5.2 to delete ‘‘AUTOCR’’ in
the last sentence.]
*
*
*
*
*
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
[Delete 5.3, Manual Only Option.
Renumber 5.4 and 5.5 as new 5.3 and
5.4.]
c. ADC (required); 150-piece
minimum; labeling: * * *
*
*
*
*
*
5.3
6.0 Preparing Enhanced Carrier Route
Letters
Machinable Preparation
5.3.1 Machinable Bundling
Machinable pieces are not bundled,
except for the following (see 2.3):
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete item b. Renumber item c as
new item b.]
6.1
5.3.2 Traying and Labeling
[Replace the first sentence in 5.3.2
with new text and delete items a and b.
Renumber items c through e as new
items a through c and revise as follows:]
Instead of preparing overflow AADC
trays with fewer than 150 pieces,
mailers may include these pieces in
mixed AADC trays. Preparation
sequence, tray size, and labeling:
a. Origin/entry 3-digit (optional, no
minimum); labeling: * * *
*
*
*
*
*
b. AADC (required); 150-piece
minimum (overflow allowed); labeling:
* * *
*
*
*
*
*
c. Mixed AADC (required); no
minimum; labeling: * * *
*
*
*
*
*
5.4
5.4.1
Nonmachinable Preparation
Nonmachinable Bundling
[Revise renumbered 5.4.1 to delete the
fourth sentence, about manual
processing, as follows:]
Except as provided in 2.5, Exception
to Bundle Preparation—Full SingleSort-Level Trays, bundling is required
before traying. A bundle must be
prepared when the quantity of
addressed pieces for a required presort
level reaches a minimum of 10 pieces.
Smaller volumes are not permitted
except for mixed ADC bundles.
Preparation sequence, bundle size, and
labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
5.4.2
Traying and Labeling
[Delete item c and renumber items d
and e as new items c and d. Revise
introductory text and renumbered items
a through c as follows:]
Overflow trays are not allowed.
Preparation sequence, tray size, and
labeling:
a. 5-digit (required); 150-piece
minimum; labeling: * * *
*
*
*
*
*
b. 3-digit (required); 150-piece
minimum (mailers may prepare 3-digit
origin/entry trays with as few as 10
pieces per tray); labeling: * * *
*
*
*
*
*
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
Basic Standards
[Revise 6.1 to delete ‘‘(Enhanced
Carrier Route automation rate mailings
must be prepared under 7.0)’’ in the
introductory text as follows:]
All mailings and all pieces in each
mailing at Enhanced Carrier Route
Standard Mail and Nonprofit Enhanced
Carrier Route Standard Mail
nonautomation rates are subject to
specific preparation standards in 6.0
and to these general standards:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 6.2 by adding a sentence at
the end to require carrier route
information lines on certain pieces
mailed at ECR rates as follows:]
6.2
Marking
Subject to the marking standards in
202.3.0, Placement and Content of Mail
Markings, and 202.4.0, Endorsement
Placement, Enhanced Carrier Route
Standard Mail pieces must be marked
‘‘Presorted Standard’’ (or ‘‘PRSRT
STD’’), and Nonprofit Enhanced Carrier
Route Standard Mail pieces must be
marked ‘‘Nonprofit Organization’’ (or
‘‘Nonprofit Org.’’ or ‘‘Nonprofit’’). All
pieces also must be marked ‘‘ECRLOT’’
for basic rate, ‘‘ECRWSH’’ for high
density rate, or ‘‘ECRWSS’’ for
saturation rate. Pieces in carrier route
mailings under 6.7 must bear carrier
route information lines under 708.8.0.
*
*
*
*
*
6.4
Carrier Route Bundle Preparation
Prepare carrier route bundles of lettersize mail as follows:
[Revise item a as follows:]
a. Mailers must prepare only carrier
route bundles, except under 6.7. Carrier
route bundles are not permitted in full
carrier route trays, except for card-size
pieces.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise heading and text of 6.6 as
follows:]
6.6
General Traying and Labeling
For all ECR letters over 3 ounces and
all ECR letters that are not automationcompatible or delivery-point barcoded,
prepare trays as explained below. Also
prepare trays as explained below when
a mailing contains some pieces over 3
ounces and some pieces up to 3 ounces.
For ECR automation-compatible letters
that are delivery-point barcoded and
weigh up to 3 ounces, prepare trays
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
15379
under 6.7. Preparation sequence, tray
size, and labeling:
a. Carrier route: required; full trays
only, no overflow.
1. Line 1: city, state, and 5-digit ZIP
Code on mail (see 4.0, Tray Labels, for
overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: (a) Saturation: ‘‘STD LTR
MACH WSS,’’ followed by route type
and number; (b) High density: ‘‘STD
LTR MACH WSH,’’ followed by route
type and number; (c) Basic: ‘‘STD LTR
MACH LOT,’’ followed by route type
and number.
b. 5-digit carrier routes: required if
full tray, optional with minimum one
10-piece bundle.
1. Line 1: city, state, and 5-digit ZIP
Code on mail (see 4.0, Tray Labels, for
overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD LTR 5D CR–RT
MACH.’’
c. 3-digit carrier routes: optional with
minimum one 10-piece bundle for each
of two or more 5-digit areas.
1. Line 1: city, state, and 3-digit ZIP
Code prefix shown in L002, Column A,
that corresponds to 3-digit ZIP Code
prefix on mail.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD LTR 3D CR–RT
MACH.’’
d. For trays containing barcoded
automation-compatible letter-size pieces
over 3 ounces or nonmachinable lettersize pieces, use these Line 2 label
designations in place of ‘‘MACH’’:
1. Trays containing barcoded,
automation-compatible pieces over 3
ounces: ‘‘BC.’’
2. Trays containing nonmachinable
pieces: ‘‘MAN.’’
3. Trays containing simplified address
pieces: ‘‘MAN.’’
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete 6.7 and replace with new 6.7
as follows:]
6.7 Traying and Labeling for
Automation-Compatible ECR Letters
Mailers must make full carrier route
and 5-digit carrier routes trays, when
possible, for automation-compatible,
delivery-point barcoded ECR letters that
weigh up to 3 ounces. Except for cardsize pieces, pieces must not be bundled.
Group pieces together by carrier route in
5-digit and 3-digit carrier routes trays. If
pieces for one carrier route do not result
in a full tray, mailers must combine
pieces from at least two routes to make
full 5-digit carrier routes trays, grouping
pieces together by carrier route. If pieces
for multiple carrier routes do not result
in a full 5-digit tray, mailers must
combine pieces from at least two 5-digit
ZIP Codes to make 3-digit carrier routes
trays, grouping pieces together by
carrier route. If pieces fill more than one
tray but do not fill an additional tray,
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15380
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
mailers must place excess pieces in a
tray at the next sortation level.
Preparation sequence, tray size, and
labeling:
a. Carrier route: required; full trays
only, no overflow.
1. Line 1: city, state, and 5-digit ZIP
Code on mail (see 4.0 for overseas
military mail).
2. Line 2: for saturation, ‘‘STD LTR BC
WSS,’’ followed by route type and
number; for high-density, ‘‘STD LTR BC
WSH,’’ followed by route type and
number; for basic, ‘‘STD LTR BC LOT,’’
followed by route type and number.
b. 5-digit carrier routes: required; full
trays only, no overflow, no bundling.
1. Line 1: city, state, and 5-digit ZIP
Code on mail (see 4.0 for overseas
military mail).
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD LTR 5D CR–RT BC.’’
c. 3-digit carrier routes: required;
bundling required in less-than-full trays.
1. Line 1: city, state, and 3-digit ZIP
Code prefix shown in L002, Column A,
that corresponds to 3-digit ZIP Code
prefix on mail.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD LTR 3D CR–RT BC.’’
*
*
*
*
*
7.0
Preparing Automation Rate Letters
*
*
7.2
Mailings
*
*
*
[Restructure 7.2 to delete the
introductory text and item b. Make item
a the new text as follows:]
All pieces in a mailing must meet the
standards in 201.1.0, Physical
Standards for Machinable Letters and
Cards, and 201.3.0, Physical Standards
for Automation Letters and Cards, and
must be sorted together to the finest
extent required for the rate claimed. The
definitions of a mailing and permissible
combinations are in 1.0, General
Information for Mail Preparation.
7.3
Marking
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
[Revise 7.3 to delete references to
‘‘AUTOCR’’ as follows:]
All Standard Mail automation rate
pieces must be marked under 202.3.0,
Placement and Content of Mail
Markings. Pieces claimed at an
automation rate must bear the
appropriate class marking and ‘‘AUTO,’’
except as provided in 202.3.0. Pieces
not claimed at an automation rate must
not bear ‘‘AUTO’’ unless First-Class
single-piece rate postage is affixed or a
corrective single-piece rate marking
(‘‘Single-Piece’’ or ‘‘SNGLP’’) is applied.
7.4
General Preparation
[Revise 7.4 to delete carrier route
references as follows:]
Grouping, bundling, and labeling are
not generally required or permitted,
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
except bundling is required in any
mailing consisting entirely of card-size
pieces and for pieces in overflow and
less-than-full trays, and grouping is
required under 7.5.
[Delete 7.5 and 7.6, about carrier
route trays and pieces. Renumber 7.7
through 7.9 as new 7.5 through 7.7.]
246
Enter and Deposit
*
*
7.5
[Revise 4.2 to allow pieces placed in
AADC trays in lieu of in 3-digit trays
under 245.7.5 to be eligible for DSCF
rates as follows:]
Pieces in a mailing that meet the
standards in 2.0 and 4.0 are eligible for
DSCF rates under either of the following
conditions:
a. When deposited at a DSCF (or
USPS-designated facility), addressed for
delivery within that SCF’s service area,
and:
1. Placed in a tray labeled to that
DSCF.
2. Placed in a tray labeled to the
DADC that includes that DSCF under
the preparation option in 245.7.5,
3. Placed in a tray labeled to a postal
facility within that DSCF’s service area.
b. When the pieces are deposited at a
DDU, addressed for delivery within that
facility’s service area, and prepared with
simplified addresses under 602.3.2 or
when mailers hold a mailing permit at
the entry office and deposit only one
mailing (of fewer than 2,500 pieces) per
day.
*
*
*
*
*
Tray Preparation
[Revise renumbered 7.5 to add
information about overflow trays as
follows:]
Instead of preparing overflow trays
with fewer than 150 pieces, mailers may
include these pieces in the next tray
level when a tray of 150 or more pieces
can be made. Mailers must note these
trays on standardized documentation
(see 708.1.2). Pieces that are placed in
the next tray level must be grouped by
destination and placed in the front of
that tray. Mailers may use this option
selectively for 3-digit and AADC ZIP
Codes. This option does not apply to
origin/entry 3-digit/scheme trays.
Preparation sequence, tray size, and
Line 1 labeling:
[Delete items a through c, about
carrier routes trays. Renumber items d
through g as new items a through d.
Revise renumbered item a to require 5digit/scheme trays for rate as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (see 1.4e): optional,
but required for 5-digit rate (150-piece
minimum); overflow allowed; for Line
1, label as follows:
1. For 5-digit scheme trays, use
destination shown in the current USPS
City State Product.
2. For 5-digit trays, use city, state, and
5-digit ZIP Code destination on pieces
(see 4.0 for overseas military mail).
[Revise renumbered item b to make
origin 3-digit trays optional as follows:]
b. 3-digit/scheme; required (150-piece
minimum except no minimum for
optional origin/entry 3-digit/scheme(s));
overflow allowed; for Line 1, use L002,
Column B.
*
*
*
*
*
7.6
Tray Line 2
Line 2: ‘‘STD LTR’’ and:
[Delete items a through c, about
carrier routes. Renumber items d
through i as new items a through f and
revise as follows:]
a. 5-digit scheme: ‘‘BC 5D SCHEME.’’
b. 5-digit: ‘‘5D BC.’’
c. 3-digit scheme: ‘‘BC 3D SCHEME’’
and, if applicable, as shown in L002,
Column B, followed by the letter ‘‘A,’’
‘‘B,’’ or ‘‘C.’’
d. 3-digit: ‘‘3D BC.’’
e. AADC: ‘‘AADC BC.’’
f. Mixed AADC: ‘‘BC WKG.’’
*
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
*
*
*
4.0 Destination Sectional Center
Facility (DSCF) Entry
*
*
*
4.2
*
*
Eligibility
5.0 Destination Delivery Unit (DDU)
Entry
*
*
*
5.2
*
*
Eligibility
[Revise 5.2 to reorganize text and
eliminate the DDU entry discount as
follows:]
Letter-size mailpieces are not eligible
for a destination delivery unit (DDU)
discount. Mailers may not pay ECR flatsize rates and claim the DDU discount
for letter-size pieces. Mailers may
deposit letter-size pieces that meet the
standards in 2.0 and 5.0 at a DDU when:
a. Those pieces are addressed for
delivery within that facility’s service
area (enhanced carrier route only).
b. The pieces are placed in properly
prepared and labeled carrier route trays
or 5-digit carrier routes trays, or on
pallets under 705.8.0.
c. The pieces are eligible for and
claimed at a carrier route rate.
*
*
*
*
*
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
300
Discount Mail: Flats
301
Physical Standards
1.0
Physical Standards for Flats
1.1 General Definition of Flat-Size
Mail
Flat-size mail other than that in 3.0,
Physical Standards for Automation
Flats, is:
*
*
*
*
*
[Add an exception for Periodicals
mail in item b as follows:]
b. Not more than 15 inches long, or
more than 12 inches high, or greater
than 3⁄4 inch thick, except for
Periodicals mail under 707.25.3.
[Replace items c and d with new items
c and d as follows:]
c. Rectangular.
d. Other size or weight standards may
apply to mail claimed at certain rates,
mail addressed to certain APOs and
FPOs, and mail sent by the Department
of State to U.S. government personnel
abroad.
1.2. Length and Height of Flats
[Revise 1.2 to change the
determination of the length and height
of flats as follows:]
The length of a flat-size mailpiece is
the longest dimension. The height is the
dimension perpendicular to the length.
[Insert new 1.3 through 1.6 as
follows:]
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
1.3 Shape
Each flat-size piece must be
rectangular. See 2.0 for additional
standards by class of mail.
1.4 Minimum Flexibility for Flat-Size
Pieces
Flat-size pieces must be flexible.
Boxes and box-like pieces—with or
without hinges, gaps, or breaks that
allow the piece to bend—are not flats.
Tight envelopes that are completely
filled to form box-like pieces are not
flats. Test flats as follows:
a. All flats:
1. Place the piece with the length
parallel to the edge of a flat surface and
extend the piece halfway off the surface.
2. Press down on the piece at a point
1 inch from the outer edge, in the center
of the piece’s length, exerting steady
pressure.
3. The piece is not flexible if it cannot
bend at least 1 inch vertically without
being damaged.
4. The piece is flexible if it can bend
at least 1 inch vertically without being
damaged and it does not contain a rigid
insert. No further testing is necessary.
5. Test the piece according to 1.4b or
1.4c below if it can bend at least 1 inch
vertically without being damaged and it
contains a rigid insert.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
b. Flats 10 inches or longer that pass
the test in 1.4a and contain a rigid
insert:
1. Place the piece with the length
perpendicular to the edge of a flat
surface and extend the piece 5 inches
off the surface.
2. Press down on the piece at a point
1 inch from the outer edge, in the center
of the piece’s width, exerting steady
pressure.
3. Turn the piece around and repeat
steps 1 and 2. The piece is flexible if
both ends can bend at least 2 inches
vertically without being damaged.
c. Flats less than 10 inches long that
pass the test in 1.4a and contain a rigid
insert:
1. Place the piece with the length
perpendicular to the edge of a flat
surface and extend the piece one-half of
its length off the surface.
2. Press down on the piece at a point
1 inch from the outer edge, in the center
of the piece’s width, exerting steady
pressure.
3. Turn the piece around and repeat
steps 1 and 2. The piece is flexible if
both ends can bend at least 1 inch
vertically without being damaged.
1.5 Uniform Thickness
Flat-size mailpieces must be
uniformly thick so that any bumps,
protrusions, or other irregularities do
not cause more than 1⁄4-inch variance in
thickness. Exclude the outside edges of
a mailpiece (1 inch from the edge) when
determining variance in thickness.
Mailers must secure nonpaper contents
to prevent shifting of more than 2 inches
within the mailpiece.
1.6 Flat-Size Pieces Not Eligible for
Flat-Size Rates
Mailpieces that do not meet the
standards in 1.3 through 1.5 are not
eligible for flat-size rates and must be
charged the applicable rates as follows:
a. First-Class Mail—parcel rates.
b. Standard Mail—Not FlatMachinable or parcel rates.
c. Bound Printed Matter—parcel rates.
[Revise the heading of 2.0 to delete
‘‘Presorted.’’]
2.0 Physical Standards for
Nonautomation Flats
2.1 First-Class Mail
[Revise 2.1 as follows:]
These additional standards apply to
First-Class Mail flat-size pieces:
a. First-Class Mail cannot exceed 13
ounces. First-Class Mail weighing more
than 13 ounces is Priority Mail.
b. Flat-size pieces that do not meet the
standards in 1.3 through 1.5 must be
prepared as parcels and must be charged
the applicable parcel rate.
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2.2
15381
Standard Mail
2.2.1 Basic Physical Standards
[Revise the introductory text as
follows:]
These additional standards apply to
Standard Mail flat-size pieces:
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete item b. Insert new item b as
follows:]
b. Flat-size pieces that do not meet the
standards in 1.3 through 1.5 must be
prepared as parcels or Not FlatMachinable pieces and must be charged
the parcel or Not Flat-Machinable rates
(see 401).
[Delete Exhibit 2.2.1b, Maximum
Dimensions for Standard Mail Flats.]
*
*
*
*
*
2.3
Bound Printed Matter
2.3.1 General Standards
[Delete item c. Renumber items a and
b as new items b and c. Revise the
introductory text and insert new item a
as follows:]
These additional standards apply to
Bound Printed Matter:
a. Flat-size pieces that do not meet the
standards in 1.3 through 1.5 must be
prepared as parcels and must be charged
the applicable parcel rates.
*
*
*
*
*
2.4
Media Mail
2.4.1 General Standards
[Delete item c. Renumber items a and
b as new items b and c. Revise the
introductory text and insert new item a
as follows:]
These additional standards apply to
Media Mail:
a. Flat-size pieces that do not meet the
standards in 1.3 through 1.5 must be
prepared as parcels.
*
*
*
*
*
2.5
Library Mail
2.5.1 General Standards
These additional standards apply to
Library Mail:
[Delete item c. Renumber items a and
b as new items b and c. Revise the
introductory text and insert new item a
as follows:]
a. Flat-size pieces that do not meet the
standards in 1.3 through 1.5 must be
prepared as parcels.
*
*
*
*
*
3.0 Physical Standards for
Automation Flats
3.1 Basic Standards for Automation
Flats
[Revise 3.1 as follows:]
Flat-size pieces claimed at automation
rates must meet the standards in 3.0, or
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15382
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
707.25.3 for Periodicals mail, and the
eligibility standards for the class of mail
and rate claimed. Pieces prepared with
polywrap film must meet the standards
in 3.3.
[Delete 3.2 and renumber 3.3 through
3.9 as new 3.2 through 3.8. Revise
heading of renumbered 3.2 as follows:]
3.2 Additional Criteria for
Automation Flats
[Revise the heading and text of
renumbered 3.2.1 as follows:]
3.2.1 Address Placement on Folded
Pieces
Mailers must design folded pieces so
that the address is in view when the
final folded edge is at the bottom of the
piece and any intermediate bound or
folded edge is to the right.
3.2.2
Shape and Size
[Revise 3.2.2 to specify the minimum
and maximum dimensions as follows:]
Each flat-size piece must be
rectangular. The following minimum
and maximum dimensions apply to
First-Class Mail, Standard Mail,
Periodicals (except under 707.25.3), and
Bound Printed Matter pieces:
a. Minimum height is 5 inches.
Maximum height is 12 inches.
b. Minimum length is 6 inches.
Maximum length is 15 inches.
c. For bound or folded pieces, the
edge perpendicular to the bound or
folded edge may not exceed 12 inches.
d. Minimum thickness is 0.009 inch.
Maximum thickness is 0.75 inch.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise heading and text of
renumbered 3.2.4, and delete
renumbered Exhibit 3.2.4a, to add new
standards for deflection as follows:]
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
3.2.4 Maximum Deflection for
Automation Flat-Size Pieces
An automation flat-size mailpiece
must be flexible (see 1.4) and must meet
maximum deflection standards. Test
deflection as follows:
a. For pieces 10 inches or longer:
1. Place the piece with the length
perpendicular to the edge of a flat
surface and extend the piece 5 inches
off the surface. Turn the piece around
and repeat the process.
2. The piece is automation-compatible
if it does not droop more than 4 inches
vertically.
b. For pieces less than 10 inches long:
1. Place the piece with the length
perpendicular to the edge of a flat
surface and extend the piece one-half of
its length off the surface. Turn the piece
around and repeat the process.
2. The piece is automation-compatible
if it does not droop more than 1 inch
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
less than the extended length. For
example, a piece 8 inches long would
extend 4 inches off a flat surface. It must
not droop more than 3 inches vertically.
c. For pieces with bound or folded
edges, perform the test in 3.2.4a or
3.2.4b above by placing the bound or
final folded edge perpendicular to the
edge of the flat surface.
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete renumbered 3.3, Criteria for
UFSM 1000 Flats, to remove the
standards for UFSM 1000 flats. Further
renumber 3.4 through 3.8 as new 3.3
through 3.7.]
3.3 Polywrap Coverings
[Revise heading and text of
renumbered 3.3.1 as follows:]
3.3.1 Polywrap Films and Similar
Coverings
When mailers use polywrap film or
similar material to enclose flat-size
mailpieces claimed at automation rates,
the material must meet the standards in
3.3. Film approved for use under 3.3.5
must meet the specifications in Exhibit
3.3.1 as follows:
a. Films or similar coverings must
meet all six properties in Exhibit 3.3.1.
b. If the address label is affixed to the
outside of the polywrap, the haze
property (property 2) does not apply.
*
*
*
*
*
3.3.2 Wrap Direction and Seam
Placement
Wrap direction, seam direction, and
seam placement must follow these
standards:
[Revise item a and the first sentence
in item b as follows:]
a. The wrap direction must be around
the longer axis of the mailpiece, with
the seam parallel to that axis. The longer
axis is always parallel to the length of
the mailpiece.
b. The preferred seam placement is on
the nonaddressed side of the mailpiece.
If the seam is placed on the addressed
side, the seam must not cover any part
of the delivery address and barcode,
postage area, or any required markings
or endorsements. Regardless of seam
placement, the polywrap over the
address area must be a smooth surface
to avoid interference with address and
barcode readability.
3.3.3 Overhang
[Revise renumbered 3.3.3 to delete
item b and restructure the text as
follows:]
For purposes of the polywrap
standards for overhang (selvage) only,
the top edge of the mailpiece is one of
the two physically longer edges of the
piece, regardless of address orientation
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
and whether bound or unbound. Any
polywrap overhang (selvage) around the
four edges of the mailpiece (top, bottom,
and left and right sides) must meet these
standards:
a. When the mailpiece contents are
totally positioned at the bottom of the
polywrap, the overhang must not be
more than 0.5 inch at the top of the
mailpiece.
b. When the mailpiece contents are
totally positioned to the left or to the
right side of the polywrap, the overhang
must not be more than 1.5 inches on the
opposite side.
c. The polywrap covering must not be
so tight that it bends the mailpiece.
*
*
*
*
*
3.6
Uniformity and Exterior Format
3.6.1 General
[Revise renumbered 3.6.1 to add a
reference to 1.5 in the first sentence as
follows:]
A flat-size mailpiece prepared and
claimed at automation rates must be
uniformly thick (see 1.5). Each flat-size
mailpiece must have a smooth and
regular shape and be free of creases,
folds, tears, or other irregularities not
compatible with automation equipment.
The exterior surface must not have
protuberances caused by prohibited
closures; attachments (except as
provided below); irregularly shaped or
distributed contents; or untrimmed
excess material from the envelope,
wrapper, or sleeve.
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete renumbered 3.6.3 (this
information was relocated to 1.5).
Renumber 3.6.4 as new 3.6.3.]
302 Elements on the Face of a
Mailpiece
*
*
*
*
*
2.0 Placement and Content of Mail
Markings
2.1 First-Class Mail and Standard
Mail Markings
2.1.1 Placement
Mailpieces must be marked under the
corresponding standards to show the
class of service and/or rate paid:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise items b and b3 as follows:]
b. Other Markings. Mailers may place
rate-specific markings as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
3. If preceded by two asterisks (**),
the ‘‘AUTO,’’ ‘‘PRESORTED’’ (or
‘‘PRSRT’’), ‘‘CUSTOMIZED
MARKETMAIL’’ (or ‘‘CUST MKTMAIL’’
or ‘‘CMM’’), or ‘‘Single-Piece’’ (or
‘‘SNGLP’’) markings also may be placed
on the line directly above or two lines
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
above the address in a mailer keyline or
a manifest keyline, or it may be placed
above the address and below the postage
in an MLOCR ink-jet printed date
correction/meter drop shipment line.
*
*
*
*
*
2.1.2 Exceptions to Markings
Exceptions are as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete ‘‘AUTOCR’’ in item b as
follows:]
b. Manifest Mailings. The basic
marking must appear in the postage area
on each piece. The two-letter rate
category code required in the keyline on
manifest mailing pieces prepared under
705.2.0 meets the requirement for other
rate markings.
*
*
*
*
*
4.0
Barcode Placement
*
*
*
*
*
4.2 Applying One Barcode
[Revise 4.2 to delete the second
sentence, about UFSM 1000 mailpieces,
as follows:]
On any flat-size mailpiece claimed at
an automation rate, the barcode may be
anywhere on the address side as long as
it is at least 1/8 inch from any edge of
the piece. The portion of the surface of
the piece on which the barcode is
printed must meet the barcode
dimensions and spacing requirements in
708.4.2.5, and the reflectance standards
in 708.4.4. Address block barcodes are
subject to the standards in 4.6a. through
4.6e.
*
*
*
*
*
330
and must be charged the applicable
parcel-size rates.
5.0 Additional Eligibility Standards
for Automation Rate First-Class Mail
Flats
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete 5.2 and renumber 5.3 through
5.6 as new 5.2 through 5.5.]
*
*
*
*
*
334 Postage Payment and
Documentation
*
*
*
*
*
2.0 Postage Payment for Presorted
Flats
*
*
*
*
*
2.2 Affixed Postage for Presorted
First-Class Mail
Unless permitted by other standards
or by Business Mailer Support, USPS
Headquarters, when precanceled
postage or meter stamps are used as the
postage payment method, only one
payment method may be used in a
mailing and each piece must bear
postage under one of these conditions:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item b to remove
‘‘nonmachinable surcharge’’ as follows:]
b. A precanceled stamp or the full
postage at the lowest First-Class Mail 1ounce rate applicable to the mailing job,
and full postage on metered pieces for
additional ounce(s) or extra services.
*
*
*
*
*
Rates and Eligibility
5.0 Additional Eligibility Standards
for Nonautomation Standard Mail Flats
*
*
333
Rates and Eligibility
1.0
Rates and Fees for First-Class Mail
*
*
*
*
3.0 Basic Standards for Standard Mail
Flats
4.0 Additional Eligibility Standards
for Nonautomation First-Class Mail
Flats
*
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
1.1 Rate Application
[Revise 1.1 as follows:]
Postage is based on the flat-size rate
that applies to the weight of each
addressed piece.
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete 1.9, Nonmachinable
Surcharge, and renumber 1.10 through
1.12 as new 1.9 through 1.11.]
*
*
*
*
*
4.3 Nonmachinable Flat-Size Pieces
Flat-size pieces that do not meet the
standards in 301.1.3 through 301.1.5
must be prepared as flats under 335.5.0
All Standard Mail pieces must weigh
less than 16 ounces. Flat-size pieces that
do not meet the standards in 301.1.3
through 301.1.5 must be prepared as
parcels or Not Flat-Machinable pieces
and must be charged parcel or Not FlatMachinable rates (see 401).
*
*
*
*
*
4.0
Rate Eligibility for Standard Mail
*
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the heading and text of 4.3 as
follows:]
Jkt 211001
4.4 Shape, Flexibility, and Uniform
Thickness
Flat-size pieces that do not meet the
standards in 301.1.3 through 301.1.5
must be prepared as parcels or Not FlatMachinable pieces and must be charged
parcel or Not Flat-Machinable rates (see
401).
[Revise heading of 5.0 as follows:]
Discount Flats: Standard Mail
343
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
4.2 Minimum Per Piece Rates
The minimum per piece rates (the
minimum postage that must be paid for
each piece) apply as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise introductory text in item b and
item b1 as follows:]
b. In applying the minimum per piece
rates, a mailpiece is categorized as a
letter based on whether the piece meets
the letter-size standard in 201.1.0,
without regard to placement of the
address on the piece, except under these
conditions:
1. If the piece meets both the
definition of a letter in 201.1.1.1 and the
definition of an automation flat in
301.3.0, the piece may be prepared and
entered at an automation flat rate.
[Revise item b2 to change the rates for
Customized MarketMail to the NFM
rates as follows:]
2. Pieces mailed as Customized
MarketMail under 705.1.0 must be
charged Regular or Nonprofit Standard
Mail 5-digit nonentry rates for Not FlatMachinable pieces and must not exceed
3.3 ounces.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise heading and text of 4.4 as
follows:]
340
Discount Flats: First-Class Mail
VerDate Aug<31>2005
15383
*
*
*
*
*
3.2
Defining Characteristics
[Revise heading and text of 3.2.1 as
follows:]
3.2.1 Weight, Shape, Flexibility, and
Uniform Thickness
PO 00000
*
Frm 00019
*
Fmt 4701
*
Sfmt 4700
*
*
*
*
[Replace 5.3 and 5.4 with new 5.3
through 5.6 as follows:]
5.3 5-Digit Rates for Flats
The 5-digit rate applies to flat-size
pieces:
a. In a 5-digit/scheme bundle of 10 or
more pieces, or 15 or more pieces, as
applicable; properly placed in a 5-digit/
scheme sack containing at least 125
pieces or 15 pounds of pieces.
b. When palletized under 705.8.0 and
705.10.0 through 705.13.0, in a 5-digit/
scheme bundle of 10 or more pieces, or
15 or more pieces, as applicable.
c. In a 5-digit bundle of 10 or more
pieces, or 15 or more pieces, as
applicable; properly placed in a merged
5-digit/scheme or 5-digit sack under
705.10.0.
5.4 3-Digit Rates for Flats
The 3-digit rate applies to flat-size
pieces:
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15384
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
a. In a 5-digit/scheme bundle of 10 or
more pieces, or 15 or more pieces, as
applicable, or in a 3-digit/scheme
bundle of 10 or more pieces; properly
placed in a 3-digit sack of at least 125
pieces or 15 pounds of pieces.
b. When palletized under 705.8.0 and
705.10.0 through 705.13.0, in a 3-digit/
scheme bundle of 10 or more pieces.
5.5
ADC Rates for Flats
ADC rates apply to flat-size pieces:
a. In a 5-digit/scheme, 3-digit/scheme,
or ADC bundle of 10 or more pieces
properly placed in an ADC sack of at
least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces.
b. In an optional 3-digit/scheme
origin/entry sack.
c. When palletized under 705.8.0 and
705.10 through 705.13, in an ADC
bundle of 10 or more pieces; properly
placed on an ADC pallet.
5.6
Mixed ADC Rates for Flats
Mixed ADC rates apply to flat-size
pieces in bundles that do not qualify for
5-digit, 3-digit, or ADC rates; placed in
mixed ADC sacks or on ASF, BMC, or
mixed BMC pallets under 705.8.0.
*
*
*
*
*
7.0 Additional Eligibility Standards
for Automation Rate Standard Mail
Flats
*
*
7.2
Rate Application
*
*
*
[Revise 7.2 as follows:]
Automation rates apply to each piece
properly sorted into qualifying groups:
a. The 5-digit rate applies to flat-size
pieces in a 5-digit/scheme bundle of 10
or more pieces, or 15 or more pieces, as
applicable.
b. The 3-digit rate applies to flat-size
pieces in a 3-digit/scheme bundle of 10
or more pieces.
c. The ADC rate applies to flat-size
pieces in an ADC bundle of 10 or more
pieces.
d. The mixed ADC rate applies to flatsize pieces in mixed ADC bundles (no
minimum).
*
*
*
*
*
345
Mail Preparation
1.0 General Information for Mail
Preparation
*
1.3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
*
Terms for Presort Levels
*
*
*
Terms used for presort levels are
defined as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise items c and k as follows:]
c. 5-digit scheme (bundles and sacks)
for flats meeting the automationcompatibility standards in 301.3.0: the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
ZIP Code in the delivery address on all
pieces is one of the 5-digit ZIP Code
areas processed by the USPS as a single
scheme, as shown in L007.
*
*
*
*
*
k. 3-digit scheme bundles for flats
meeting the automation-compatibility
standards in 301.3.0: the ZIP Code in
the delivery address begins with one of
the 3-digit prefixes processed by the
USPS as a single scheme, as shown in
L008.
*
*
*
*
*
1.4 Preparation Definitions and
Instructions
For purposes of preparing mail:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item f as follows:]
f. A 5-digit scheme sort for flats
meeting the automation-compatibility
standards in 301.3.0 yields 5-digit
scheme bundles for those 5-digit ZIP
Codes identified in L007 and 5-digit
bundles for other ZIP Codes. When
standards require 5-digit/scheme sort,
mailers must prepare all possible 5-digit
scheme bundles and sacks of flats, then
prepare all possible 5-digit bundles and
sacks. The 5-digit ZIP Codes in each
scheme are treated as a single presort
destination subject to a single minimum
volume, with no further separation
required. Bundles prepared for a 5-digit
scheme destination that contain pieces
for only one of the schemed 5-digit ZIP
Codes are still considered 5-digit
scheme sorted and are labeled
accordingly. Label mailpieces using an
optional endorsement line (OEL) under
708.7.0. Place bundles in appropriate
containers using the OEL ‘‘label to’’ 5digit ZIP Code.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item h by replacing
‘‘Presorted’’ with ‘‘nonautomation’’ in
the first sentence.]
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item n as follows:]
n. A 3-digit scheme sort for flats
meeting the automation-compatibility
standards in 301.3.0 yields 3-digit
scheme bundles for those 3-digit ZIP
Codes identified in L008. When
standards require 3-digit/scheme sort,
mailers must prepare all possible 3-digit
scheme bundles of flats, then prepare all
possible 3-digit bundles. The 3-digit ZIP
Codes in each scheme are treated as a
single presort destination subject to a
single minimum volume, with no
further separation by 3-digit ZIP Code
required. Bundles prepared for a 3-digit
scheme destination that contain pieces
for only one of the schemed 3-digit ZIP
Codes are still considered 3-digit
scheme sorted and are labeled
accordingly. Label mailpieces using an
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
OEL under 708.7.0. Place 3-digit scheme
bundles in 3-digit through mixed ADC
containers, as applicable, using the OEL
‘‘label to’’ 3-digit ZIP Code.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 5.0 to change ‘‘presorted’’ flats
to ‘‘nonautomation’’ flats throughout.]
5.0
Preparing Nonautomation Flats
5.1 Basic Standards
All mailings and all pieces in each
mailing at Regular Standard Mail and
Nonprofit Standard Mail nonautomation
rates are subject to specific preparation
standards in 5.2 through 5.9 and to
these general standards (automation rate
mailings must be prepared under 7.0):
[Revise item a as follows:]
a. All pieces must be in the flat-size
processing category.
[Revise item b to delete ‘‘AUTOCR.’’]
*
*
*
*
*
5.3 Bundling and Labeling
[Add a new first sentence to 5.3 and
revise items a and b as follows:]
Mailings consisting entirely of pieces
meeting the automation-compatibility
criteria in 301.3.0 must be prepared in
5-digit scheme bundles for those 5-digit
ZIP Codes identified in L007 and in 3digit scheme bundles for those 3-digit
ZIP Codes identified in L008.
Preparation sequence, bundle size, and
labeling:
a. 5-digit/scheme (required), see
definition in 1.4f:
1. For mailings containing only pieces
weighing 5 ounces (0.3125 pound) or
less: 15-piece minimum; red Label 5 or
OEL.
2. For mailings containing any pieces
weighing more than 5 ounces (0.3125
pound): 10-piece minimum; red Label 5
or OEL.
b. 3-digit/scheme (required), see
definition in 1.4n; 10-piece minimum;
green Label 3 or OEL.
*
*
*
*
*
5.7
Sacking and Labeling
Preparation sequence, sack size, and
labeling:
[Revise item a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (required); scheme
sort required, only for pieces meeting
the automation-compatibility criteria in
301.3.0, see definition in 1.4f; 125-piece
or 15-pound minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme sacks use
L007, Column B. For 5-digit sacks, use
city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code
destination on pieces. (See 4.2 for
overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
‘‘STD FLT 5D SCH NON BC.’’ For 5digit sacks, ‘‘STD FLTS 5D NON BC.’’
*
*
*
*
*
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
[Revise item c as follows:]
c. Origin/entry 3-digits(s) (optional);
one-bundle minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L002, Column A.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD FLTS 3D NON BC.’’
*
*
*
*
*
7.0
Preparing Automation Rate Flats
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete 7.4. Renumber 7.5 through 7.9
as new 7.4 through 7.8.]
7.4
7.4.1
Standard Mail Bundle Preparation
Bundling and Labeling
Preparation sequence, bundle size,
and labeling:
[Revise item a to require 5-digit/
scheme preparation as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (required); see
definition in 1.4f:
1. For mailings containing only pieces
weighing 5 ounces (0.3125 pound) or
less: 15-piece minimum; OEL required.
2. For mailings containing any pieces
weighing more than 5 ounces (0.3125
pound): 10-piece minimum; OEL
required.
[Delete item b. Renumber item c as
new item b and revise to require 3-digit/
scheme preparation as follows:]
b. 3-digit/scheme (required); see
definition in 1.4n; 10-piece minimum;
OEL required.
[Delete item d. Renumber items e and
f as new items c and d.]
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete renumbered 7.4.2. Renumber
7.4.3 and 7.4.4 as new 7.4.2 and 7.4.3.]
7.4.3
Sacking and Labeling
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
Preparation sequence, sack size, and
labeling:
[Revise item a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (required); see
definition in 1.4f; 125-piece or 15pound minimum, labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme sacks use
L007, Column B. For 5-digit sacks use
city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail
(see 4.2 for overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
‘‘STD FLTS 5D SCH BC.’’ For 5-digit
sacks, ‘‘STD FLTS 5D BC.’’
[Delete item b. Renumber items c
though f as new items b through e.]
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete 7.6. Renumber 7.7 through 7.9
as new 7.6 through 7.8. Revise
renumbered 7.6 through 7.8 by
replacing ‘‘presorted’’ with
‘‘nonautomation’’ throughout.]
*
*
*
*
*
7.7 Exception ‘‘ Automation and
Nonautomation Pieces on Pallets
[Replace ‘‘nonletter’’ with ‘‘flat-size’’
throughout renumbered 7.7.]
*
*
*
*
*
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
15385
360 Discount Flats: Bound Printed
Matter
1.4 Preparation Definitions and
Instructions
[Incorporate the standards for Bound
Printed Matter in 160 into 360. Make
revisions throughout to change singlepiece Bound Printed Matter to
‘‘nonpresorted’’ Bound Printed Matter
and make the following additional
changes:]
For purposes of preparing mail:
*
*
*
*
[Revise item c for 5-digit scheme sort
as follows:]
c. A 5-digit scheme sort for flats
meeting the automation-compatibility
standards in 301.3.0 yields 5-digit
scheme bundles for those 5-digit ZIP
Codes identified in L007 and 5-digit
bundles for other ZIP Codes. When
standards require 5-digit/scheme sort,
mailers must prepare all possible 5-digit
scheme bundles and sacks of flats before
preparing 5-digit bundles and sacks.
The 5-digit ZIP Codes in each scheme
are treated as a single presort
destination subject to a single minimum
volume, with no further separation
required. Bundles prepared for a 5-digit
scheme destination that contain pieces
for only one of the schemed 5-digit ZIP
Codes are still considered 5-digit
scheme sorted and are labeled
accordingly. Label mailpieces using an
OEL under 708.7.0. Place bundles in
appropriate containers using the OEL
‘‘label to’’ 5-digit ZIP Code.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item g for 3-digit scheme sort
as follows:]
g. A 3-digit scheme sort for flats
meeting the automation-compatibility
standards in 301.3.0 yields 3-digit
scheme bundles for those 3-digit ZIP
Codes identified in L008. When
standards require 3-digit/scheme sort,
mailers must prepare all possible 3-digit
scheme bundles of flats before preparing
3-digit bundles. The 3-digit ZIP Codes
in each scheme are treated as a single
presort destination subject to a single
minimum volume, with no further
separation by 3-digit ZIP Code required.
Bundles prepared for a 3-digit scheme
destination that contain pieces for only
one of the schemed 3-digit ZIP Codes
are still considered 3-digit scheme
sorted and are labeled accordingly.
Mailpieces must be labeled using an
OEL under 708.7.0. Three-digit scheme
bundles are placed in 3-digit through
mixed ADC containers, as applicable,
using the OEL ‘‘label to’’ 3-digit ZIP
Code.
*
*
*
*
*
363
Rates and Eligibility
1.0 Rates and Fees for Bound Printed
Matter
*
*
*
*
*
[Renumber 1.3 through 1.5 as new 1.4
through 1.6. Insert new 1.3 as follows:]
1.3 Nonpresorted Bound Printed
Matter Rates
Flat-size pieces that do not meet the
standards in 301.1.3 through 301.1.5
must be charged the applicable parcel
rate based on weight and zone.
[Revise the heading of renumbered 1.4
as follows:]
1.4 Discount Bound Printed Matter
Rates
*
*
*
*
*
[Insert new 1.4.3 as follows:]
1.4.3 Shape, Flexibility, and
Thickness
Flat-size pieces that do not meet the
standards in 301.1.3 through 301.1.5
must be prepared as parcels and must be
charged the applicable parcel rate based
on weight and zone.
*
*
*
*
*
365
Mail Preparation
1.0 General Information for Mail
Preparation
*
*
*
*
*
1.3
Terms for Presort Levels
Terms used for presort levels are
defined as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise items c and h as follows:]
c. 5-digit scheme (bundles and sacks)
for flats meeting the automationcompatibility standards in 301.3.0: the
ZIP Code in the delivery address on all
pieces is one of the 5-digit ZIP Code
areas processed by the USPS as a single
scheme, as shown in L007.
*
*
*
*
*
h. 3-digit scheme bundles for flats
meeting the automation-compatibility
standards in 301.3.0: the ZIP Code in
the delivery address begins with one of
the 3-digit prefixes processed by the
USPS as a single scheme, as shown in
L008.
*
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
*
5.0
Preparing Presorted Flats
*
*
5.2
Bundling
*
*
5.2.2
*
*
*
*
*
*
Bundling and Labeling
[Add a new first sentence to 5.2.2 as
follows:]
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15386
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
For mailings consisting entirely of
pieces meeting the automationcompatibility criteria in 301.3.0, pieces
must be prepared in 5-digit scheme
bundles for those 5-digit ZIP Codes
identified in L007 and in 3-digit scheme
bundles for those 3-digit ZIP Codes
identified in L008. Preparation sequence
and labeling:
[Revise item a to require 5-digit
schemes as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (required); red Label
5 or OEL. See definition in 1.4e.
[Revise item b to require 3-digit
schemes as follows:]
b. 3-digit/scheme (required); green
Label 3 or OEL. See definition in 1.4g.
5.3
Sacking
*
*
5.3.5
*
*
*
Bundling
*
*
7.3.2
*
*
*
*
*
*
Bundle Preparation
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
Bundles must be prepared and labeled
in the following sequence:
[Delete items b and d. Renumber item
c as item b and items e and f as items
c and d. Revise item a and new item b
to make 5-digit and 3-digit schemes
required as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme: (required); see
definition in 1.4e; minimum 10 pieces
or 10 pounds, maximum weight 20
pounds; OEL required.
b. 3-digit/scheme (required); see
definition in 1.4g; minimum 10 pieces
or 10 pounds, maximum weight 20
pounds; OEL required.
*
*
*
*
*
7.3.3
[Revise 7.3.3 as follows:]
See 1.4c and 1.4g for additional
standards for pieces prepared in scheme
bundles.
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
Enter and Deposit
Presenting a Mailing
1.1 Verification and Entry—Presorted,
Carrier Route, Destination Entry, and
Barcoded Mailings
*
*
*
*
*
[Renumber 1.2 through 1.5 as new 1.3
through 1.6. Insert new 1.2 as follows:]
1.2 Verification and Entry—
Nonpresorted Mailings
Nonpresorted rate Bound Printed
Matter is not offered at post offices,
branches, or stations or through Postal
Service carriers, except under 1.2c and
1.2d. Mailers must deposit
Nonpresorted Bound Printed Matter as
follows:
a. At the time and place specified by
the postmaster at the office of mailing.
b. For metered mail, at other than the
licensing post office only as permitted
under 705.18.0, Metered Mail Drop
Shipment.
c. For permit imprint mail, only at the
post office where the permit is held (see
604.5.0).
d. At any post office, branch, or
station or with a Postal Service carrier,
if the correct postage is applied,
including postage for any extra service
elected.
*
*
*
*
*
370
Discount Flats: Media Mail
373
Rates and Eligibility
1.0
Rates and Fees for Media Mail
*
*
*
*
*
[Renumber 1.3 through 1.5 as new 1.4
through 1.6. Insert new 1.3 as follows:]
1.3
Scheme Bundle Preparation
VerDate Aug<31>2005
Sack Preparation and Labeling
Preparation sequence, sack size, and
labeling:
[Revise item a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (see 1.4e) (required),
minimum 20 addressed pieces; labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
use L007, Column B. For 5-digit sacks,
use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on
mail (see 4.2 for overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
‘‘PSVC FLTS 5D SCH BC.’’ For 5-digit
sacks, ‘‘PSVC FLTS 5D BC.’’
[Delete item b and renumber items c
through f as new items b through e.]
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the heading of 1.1 as follows:]
Preparing Barcoded Flats
7.3
7.4.1
1.0
Sacking and Labeling
*
375
Sacking
366
*
Preparation sequence and labeling:
[Revise item a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (required); see 1.4e;
scheme sort required, only for pieces
meeting the automation-compatibility
criteria in 301.3.0; minimum 20
addressed pieces; labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
use L007, Column B. For 5-digit sacks,
use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on
mail (see 4.5 for overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
‘‘PSVC FLT 5D SCH NBC.’’ For 5-digit
sacks, ‘‘PSVC FLTS 5D NON BC.’’
*
*
*
*
*
7.0
7.4
Shape, Flexibility, and Thickness
Flat-size pieces that do not meet the
standards in 301.1.3 through 301.1.5
must be prepared as parcels.
*
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Mail Preparation
1.0 General Information for Mail
Preparation
*
*
1.3
Terms for Presort Levels
*
*
*
Terms used for presort levels are
defined as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
[Renumber item b as new item c.
Insert new item b for 5-digit scheme sort
as follows:]
b. 5-digit scheme (bundles and sacks)
for flats meeting the automationcompatibility standards in 301.3.0: The
ZIP Code in the delivery address on all
pieces begins with one of the 5-digit ZIP
Code ranges processed by the USPS as
a single scheme, as shown in L007.
*
*
*
*
*
[Renumber items d and f as new items
e and g. Insert new item d for 3-digit
scheme sort as follows:]
d. 3-digit scheme bundles for flats
meeting the automation-compatibility
standards in 301.3.0: The ZIP Code in
the delivery address on all pieces begins
with one of the 3-digit ZIP Code ranges
processed by the USPS as a single
scheme, as shown in L008.
*
*
*
*
*
1.4 Preparation Definitions and
Instructions
For purposes of preparing mail:
*
*
*
*
[Renumber items c through f as new
items e through h. Insert new items c
and d for 5-digit and 3-digit scheme
sorts as follows:]
c. A 5-digit scheme sort for flats
weighing up to 20 ounces and meeting
the automation-compatibility standards
in 301.3.0 yields 5-digit scheme bundles
for those 5-digit ZIP Codes identified in
L007 and 5-digit bundles for other ZIP
Codes. When standards require 5-digit/
scheme sort, mailers must prepare all
possible 5-digit scheme bundles and
sacks of flats before preparing 5-digit
bundles and sacks. The 5-digit ZIP
Codes in each scheme are treated as a
single presort destination subject to a
single minimum volume, with no
further separation required. Bundles
prepared for a 5-digit scheme
destination that contain pieces for only
one of the schemed 5-digit ZIP Codes
are still considered 5-digit scheme
sorted and are labeled accordingly.
Label mailpieces using an OEL under
708.7.0. Place bundles in appropriate
containers using the OEL ‘‘label to’’ 5digit ZIP Code.
d. A 3-digit scheme sort for flats
weighing up to 20 ounces and meeting
the automation-compatibility standards
*
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
in 301.3.0 yields 3-digit scheme bundles
for those 3-digit ZIP Codes identified in
L008. When standards require 3-digit/
scheme sort, mailers must prepare all
possible 3-digit scheme bundles of flats
before preparing 3-digit bundles. The 3digit ZIP Codes in each scheme are
treated as a single presort destination
subject to a single minimum volume,
with no further separation by 3-digit ZIP
Code required. Bundles prepared for a
3-digit scheme destination that contain
pieces for only one of the schemed 3digit ZIP Codes are still considered 3digit scheme sorted and are labeled
accordingly. Mailpieces must be labeled
using an OEL under 708.7.0. Place 3digit scheme bundles in 3-digit through
mixed ADC containers, as applicable,
using the OEL ‘‘label to’’ 3-digit ZIP
Code.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise heading of 5.0 as follows:]
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
‘‘PSVC FLT 5D SCH NBC.’’ For 5-digit
sacks, ‘‘PSVC FLT 5D NBC.’’
*
*
*
*
*
5.0
Preparing Presorted Flats
*
*
5.2
Bundling
*
*
1.3 Terms for Presort Levels
Terms used for presort levels are
defined as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
[Renumber item b as new item c.
Insert new item b for 5-digit scheme sort
as follows:]
b. 5-digit scheme (bundles and sacks)
for flats meeting the automationcompatibility standards in 301.3.0: the
ZIP Code in the delivery address on all
pieces begins with one of the 5-digit ZIP
Code ranges processed by the USPS as
a single scheme, as shown in L007.
*
*
*
*
*
[Renumber items d and f as new items
e and g. Insert new item d for 3-digit
scheme sort as follows:]
d. 3-digit scheme bundles for flats
meeting the automation-compatibility
standards in 301.3.0: the ZIP Code in
the delivery address on all pieces begins
with one of the 3-digit ZIP Code ranges
processed by the USPS as a single
scheme, as shown in L008.
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
5.2.2 Bundling and Labeling
[Add a new first sentence to 5.2.2 as
follows:]
For mailings consisting entirely of
pieces meeting the automationcompatibility criteria in 301.3.0, pieces
must be prepared in 5-digit scheme
bundles for those 5-digit ZIP Codes
identified in L007 and in 3-digit scheme
bundles for those 3-digit ZIP Codes
identified in L008. Preparation
sequence, bundle size, and labeling:
[Revise items a and b to make 5-digit
and 3-digit schemes required as
follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but
required for 5-digit rate); red Label 5 or
OEL. See definition in 1.4c.
b. 3-digit/scheme (required); green
Label 3 or OEL. See definition in 1.4d.
*
*
*
*
*
Sacking
*
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
5.3
*
*
*
*
5.3.2 Sacking and Labeling
Preparation sequence, sack size, and
labeling:
[Revise item a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but
required for 5-digit rate); see 1.4c;
scheme sort required, only for pieces
meeting the automation-compatibility
criteria in 301.3.0; minimum 10
addressed pieces; labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
use L007, Column B. For 5-digit sacks,
use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on
mail (see 4.5 for overseas military mail).
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
380
Discount Flats: Library Mail
383
Rates and Eligibility
1.0
Rates and Fees for Library Mail
*
*
*
*
*
[Renumber 1.3 through 1.5 as new 1.4
through 1.6. Insert new 1.3 as follows:]
1.3 Shape, Flexibility, and Thickness
Flat-size pieces that do not meet the
standards in 301.1.3 through 301.1.5
must be prepared as parcels.
*
*
*
*
*
385
Mail Preparation
1.0 General Information for Mail
Preparation
*
*
*
*
*
1.4 Preparation Definitions and
Instructions
For purposes of preparing mail:
*
*
*
*
*
[Renumber items c through f as new
items e through h. Insert new items c
and d for 5-digit and 3-digit scheme
sorts as follows:]
c. A 5-digit scheme sort for flats
weighing up to 20 ounces and meeting
the automation-compatibility standards
in 301.3.0 yields 5-digit scheme bundles
for those 5-digit ZIP Codes identified in
L007 and 5-digit bundles for other ZIP
Codes. When standards require 5-digit/
scheme sort, mailers must prepare all
possible 5-digit scheme bundles and
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
15387
sacks of flats before preparing 5-digit
bundles and sacks. The 5-digit ZIP
Codes in each scheme are treated as a
single presort destination subject to a
single minimum volume, with no
further separation required. Bundles
prepared for a 5-digit scheme
destination that contain pieces for only
one of the schemed 5-digit ZIP Codes
are still considered 5-digit scheme
sorted and are labeled accordingly.
Label mailpieces using an OEL under
708.7.0. Place bundles in appropriate
containers using the OEL ‘‘label to’’ 5digit ZIP Code.
d. A 3-digit scheme sort for flats
weighing up to 20 ounces and meeting
the automation-compatibility standards
in 301.3.0 yields 3-digit scheme bundles
for those 3-digit ZIP Codes identified in
L008. When standards require 3-digit/
scheme sort, mailers must prepare all
possible 3-digit scheme bundles of flats
before preparing 3-digit bundles. The 3digit ZIP Codes in each scheme are
treated as a single presort destination
subject to a single minimum volume,
with no further separation by 3-digit ZIP
Code required. Bundles prepared for a
3-digit scheme destination that contain
pieces for only one of the schemed 3digit ZIP Codes are still considered 3digit scheme sorted and are labeled
accordingly. Mailpieces must be labeled
using an OEL under 708.7.0. Place 3digit scheme bundles in 3-digit through
mixed ADC containers, as applicable,
using the OEL ‘‘label to’’ 3-digit ZIP
Code.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise heading of 5.0 as follows:]
5.0
Preparing Presorted Flats
*
*
5.2
Bundling
*
*
5.2.2
*
*
*
*
*
*
Bundling and Labeling
[Add a new first sentence to 5.2.2 as
follows:]
For mailings consisting entirely of
pieces meeting the automationcompatibility criteria in 301.3.0, pieces
must be prepared in 5-digit scheme
bundles for those 5-digit ZIP Codes
identified in L007 and in 3-digit scheme
bundles for those 3-digit ZIP Codes
identified in L008. Preparation
sequence, bundle size, and labeling:
[Revise items a and b as follows to
make 5-digit and 3-digit schemes
required:]
a. 5-digit scheme (optional, but
required for 5-digit rate); red Label 5 or
OEL. See definition in 1.4c.
b. 3-digit scheme (required); green
Label 3 or OEL. See definition in 1.4d.
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15388
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
5.3
Sacking
*
*
*
*
*
5.3.2 Sacking and Labeling
Preparation sequence, sack size, and
labeling:
[Revise item a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but
required for 5-digit rate); see 1.4c;
scheme sort required, only for pieces
meeting the automation-compatibility
criteria in 301.3.0; minimum 10
addressed pieces; labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
use L007, Column B. For 5-digit sacks,
use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on
mail (see 4.5 for overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
‘‘PSVC FLT 5D SCH NBC.’’ For 5-digit
sacks, ‘‘PSVC FLT 5D NBC.’’
*
*
*
*
*
400
2.0 Additional Physical Standards by
Class of Mail
Discount Mail: Parcels
401
Physical Standards
1.0 Physical Standards for Parcels
[Revise the heading of 1.1 as follows:]
1.1 Processing Categories
[Revise the first sentence of 1.1 as
follows:]
USPS categorizes parcels into one of
three mail processing categories:
machinable, irregular, or outside parcel.
These categories are based on the
physical dimensions of the piece,
regardless of the placement (orientation)
of the delivery address on the piece.
*
*
*
*
*
1.5
Machinable Parcels
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
1.5.1 Criteria
A machinable parcel is any piece that
is (see Exhibit 1.5.1, Machinable Parcel
Dimensions):
[Revise item a as follows:]
a. Not less than 6 inches long, 3
inches high, 1⁄4 inch thick, and 6 ounces
in weight, except under 1.5.2. A
mailpiece exactly 1⁄4 inch thick is
subject to the 31⁄2-inch height minimum
under 601.1.0.
*
*
*
*
*
[Renumber 1.5.2 through 1.5.4 as new
1.5.3 through 1.5.5. Insert new 1.5.2 to
allow lower-weight machinable parcels
as follows:]
1.5.2 Criteria for Lightweight Parcels
A machinable parcel may weigh less
than 6 ounces (but not less than 3.5
ounces) if it meets all of the following
conditions:
a. The mailpiece is rectangular and
able to maintain its integrity during mail
processing (see 601.3.0).
b. The mailpiece bears a parcel
barcode, printed and placed according
to 708.5.0.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
c. Mailpieces weighing at least 3.5
ounces but less than 5 ounces must be
a paperboard or fiberboard box within
the following dimensions:
1. At least 1.5 inches thick and no
more than 3 inches thick.
2. At least 6 inches long and no more
than 7 inches long.
3. At least 3.5 inches high and no
more than 5 inches high.
d. Mailpieces weighing at least 5
ounces but less than 6 ounces must be
within the following dimensions:
1. More than 3⁄4 inch thick and no
more than 6 inches thick.
2. At least 6 inches long and no more
than 12 inches long.
3. At least 31⁄2 inches high and no
more than 9 inches high.
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete renumbered 1.5.5, Exclusions.]
Jkt 211001
2.1
First-Class Mail Parcels
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete 2.1.2 and replace with new
2.1.2 as follows:]
2.1.2
Surcharge
Unless prepared in 5-digit/scheme
containers or paid for at a single-piece
rate, presorted parcels are subject to a
$0.05 surcharge if any of the following
characteristics apply:
a. The parcels weigh less than 2
ounces.
b. The parcels do not bear a UCC/EAN
Code 128 or POSTNET barcode.
c. The parcels are irregularly shaped,
such as rolls, tubes, and triangles.
[Revise the heading of 2.2 as follows:]
2.2 Standard Mail Parcels and Not
Flat-Machinable Pieces
[Revise heading and text of 2.2.1 as
follows:]
2.2.1
Additional Physical Standards
Each piece must weigh less than 16
ounces.
[Revise heading and text of 2.2.2 as
follows:]
2.2.2
Not Flat-Machinable Pieces
Categorize Standard Mail with the
following characteristics as Not FlatMachinable pieces (unless mailed as
parcels):
a. Not Flat-Machinable pieces are
rigid, with the following dimensions:
1. At least 4 inches high, but not more
than 12 inches high.
2. At least 4 inches long, but not more
than 153⁄4 inches long.
3. At least 0.009 thick, but not more
than 11⁄4 inches thick. (Pieces less than
5 inches long must be over 1⁄4 inch
thick.)
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
b. Flexible pieces that are at least 4
inches high, but not more than 12
inches high, with either of the following
dimensions:
1. Over 15 inches long, but not more
than 153⁄4 inches long.
2. Over 3⁄4 inches thick, but not more
than 11⁄4 inches thick.
[Delete 2.2.3 and replace with new
2.2.3 as follows:]
2.2.3 Surcharge
Unless prepared in carrier route or 5digit/scheme containers, Standard Mail
parcels and Not Flat-Machinable pieces
are subject to a $0.05 surcharge if:
a. The machinable parcels do not bear
a UCC/EAN Code 128 barcode (see
708.5.0) or the irregular parcels do not
bear a UCC/EAN Code 128 barcode (see
708.5.0) or POSTNET barcode (see
708.4.0).
b. The Not Flat-Machinable pieces
weigh 6 ounces or more and do not bear
a UCC/EAN Code 128 barcode (see
708.5.0).
c. The Not Flat-Machinable pieces
weigh less than 6 ounces and do not
bear a UCC/EAN Code 128 barcode (see
708.5.0) or POSTNET barcode (see
708.4.0).
2.3
Parcel Post
2.3.1 General Standards
These standards apply to Parcel Post:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item b as follows:]
b. An item weighing less than 20
pounds but measuring more than 84
inches (but not more than 108 inches)
in combined length and girth is charged
the rate for a 20-pound parcel for the
zone to which it is addressed (balloon
rate).
*
*
*
*
*
2.3.2 Nonmachinable Parcel Post
Mailpieces described in this section
that are mailed at the Inter-BMC/ASF
Parcel Post, Intra-BMC/ASF Parcel Post,
DSCF Parcel Select, or DBMC Parcel
Select rates are subject to the applicable
nonmachinable surcharge in 453.1.0
unless the applicable special handling
fee is paid. An oversized parcel as
described in 2.3.1a is not subject to the
nonmachinable surcharge. Mailpieces
are nonmachinable if they meet any of
the following criteria:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item c as follows:]
c. A parcel that weighs less than 6
ounces or more than 35 pounds, except
under 1.5.2 for lightweight parcels.
*
*
*
*
*
402 Elements on the Face of a
Mailpiece
*
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
*
*
30MRR3
*
*
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
2.0 Placement and Content of
Markings
2.1 First-Class Mail and Standard
Mail Markings
2.1.1 Placement
Markings must be placed as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
[Renumber item c as new item d.
Insert new item c as follows:]
c. Mark each Not Flat-Machinable
piece ‘‘Not Flat-Machinable’’ or ‘‘NFM,’’
either by including the marking in the
optional endorsement line or by placing
the marking immediately to the left of
or below the postage area.
*
*
*
*
*
4.0 General Barcode Placement
[Revise heading of 4.1 as follows:]
4.1 UCC/EAN Code 128 Barcode
Location
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise heading of 4.2 as follows:]
4.2 Clear Zone for UCC/EAN Code 128
Barcode
*
*
*
*
*
[Add new 4.3 for POSTNET barcodes
as follows:]
4.3 POSTNET Barcodes
First-Class Mail parcels, Standard
Mail irregular parcels, and Not FlatMachinable pieces less than 6 ounces
may bear POSTNET barcodes instead of
UCC/EAN Code 128 barcodes. Pieces
bearing POSTNET barcodes are not
eligible to be mailed using eVS. Place
POSTNET barcodes on First-Class Mail
parcels, Standard Mail irregular parcels,
or Not Flat-Machinable pieces under
4.3.1 through 4.3.3.
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
4.3.1 General Placement of POSTNET
Barcodes
On any First-Class Mail parcel, any
Standard Mail irregular parcel, or
Standard Mail Not Flat-Machinable
piece under 6 ounces, the POSTNET
barcode may be anywhere on the
address side as long as it is at least 1⁄8
inch from any edge of the piece.
POSTNET barcodes must be printed
according to 708.4.0. Address block
barcodes are subject to the standards in
4.3.2.
4.3.2 POSTNET Barcode in Address
Block
When the POSTNET barcode is
included as part of the address block:
a. Place the barcode in one of these
positions:
1. Above the address line containing
the recipient’s name.
2. Below the city, state, and ZIP Code
line.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
15389
3. Above or below the keyline
information.
4. Above or below the optional
endorsement line.
b. Do not print the barcode anywhere
between the address line containing the
recipient’s name and the city, state, and
ZIP Code line.
c. Allow at least 1⁄25 inch clearance
between the barcode and any
information line above or below it. Do
not separate the barcode more than 5⁄8
inch from the top or bottom line of the
address block. Allow at least 1⁄8 inch
clearance between the leftmost and
rightmost bars and any adjacent
printing.
d. If a window envelope is used,
allow at least 1⁄8 inch clearance between
the leftmost and rightmost bars and any
printing or window edge, and at least
1⁄25 inch between the barcode and the
top and bottom window edges. These
clearances must be maintained during
the insert’s range of movement in the
envelope. Covers for address block
windows are subject to 4.3.3.
e. If an address label is used, allow a
clear space of at least 1⁄8 inch between
the barcode and the left and right edges
of the address label, and at least 1⁄25
inch between the barcode and the top
and bottom edges of the address label.
Renumber 3.5 through 3.7 as new 3.4
through 3.6.]
*
*
*
*
*
[Insert new 4.0 to describe Presorted
parcel rates as follows:]
4.3.3 Window Cover
A window cover over the address
block must be a nontinted clear or
transparent material (e.g., cellophane or
polystyrene) that permits the barcode
and its background, as viewed through
the window material, to meet the
reflectance standards in 708.4.4. The
edges of the window cover must be
securely glued to the envelope.
2.0 Postage Payment for Presorted
Parcels
430
Discount Parcels: First-Class Mail
433
Rates and Eligibility
1.0
Rates and Fees for First-Class Mail
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 1.4 to change heading and
text describing the surcharge as follows:]
1.4 Surcharge
Unless prepared in 5-digit/scheme
sacks or paid for at the single-piece
rates, presorted parcels are subject to a
$0.05 surcharge if any of the following
characteristics apply:
a. The parcels weigh less than 2
ounces.
b. The parcels do not bear a UCC/EAN
Code 128 or POSTNET barcode, under
708.0, for the ZIP Code of the delivery
address.
c. The parcels are irregularly shaped,
such as rolls, tubes, and triangles.
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete 3.4, Nonmachinable
Surcharge for Parcel-Size Pieces.
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4.0 Rate Eligibility for Presorted FirstClass Mail Parcels
4.1 5-Digit Rate
The 5-digit rate applies to presorted
parcels in a 5-digit/scheme sack
containing at least 10 pounds of parcels.
4.2 3-Digit Rate
The 3-digit rate applies to presorted
parcels in a 3-digit sack containing at
least 10 pounds of parcels.
4.3 ADC Rate
The ADC rate applies to presorted
parcels in a 3-digit origin sack (no
minimum), and to parcels in an ADC
sack containing at least 10 pounds of
parcels.
4.4 Single-Piece Rate
The single-piece rate applies to
presorted parcels in a mixed ADC sack,
with no minimum volume requirement.
434 Postage Payment and
Documentation
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
2.2 Affixed Postage for Presorted
First-Class Mail
Unless permitted by other standards
or by Business Mailer Support, USPS
Headquarters, when precanceled
postage or meter stamps are used as the
postage payment method, only one
payment method may be used in a
mailing and each piece must bear
postage under one of these conditions:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item b to remove
‘‘nonmachinable’’ as follows:]
b. A precanceled stamp or the full
postage at the lowest First-Class Mail 1ounce rate applicable to the mailing job,
and full postage on metered pieces for
additional ounce(s), surcharge, or extra
services.
*
*
*
*
*
435
Mail Preparation
1.0 General Information for Mail
Preparation
*
*
*
*
*
1.2 Definition of Mailings
[Delete item b. Combine item a and
introductory text as follows:]
A ‘‘mailing’’ is defined as a group of
pieces within the same class of mail and
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15390
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
the same processing category that may
be sorted together and/or presented
under a single minimum volume
mailing requirement under the
applicable standards. Generally, types of
mail that follow different flows through
the postal processing system must be
prepared as a separate mailing.
[Revise the heading of renumbered 4.0
as follows:]
1.3 Terms for Presort Levels
Terms used for presort levels are
defined as follows:
[Renumber items a through e as new
items b through f. Insert new item a as
follows:]
a. 5-digit scheme for First-Class Mail
parcels: the ZIP Code in the delivery
address on all pieces begins with one of
the 5-digit ZIP Code ranges processed by
the USPS as a single scheme, as shown
in L606.
*
*
*
*
*
4.3 Bundling
Bundling is not permitted.
1.4 Preparation Definitions and
Instructions
For purposes of preparing mail:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item d as follows:]
d. The required quantity (for example,
‘‘required at 10 pieces’’) means that the
unit must be prepared for the
corresponding presort level whenever
the specified quantity of mail is reached
or exceeded. Smaller quantities may be
prepared only if permitted by the
standards for each rate.
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete item g. Renumber item h as
new item g and revise as follows:]
g. A ‘‘logical’’ presort destination
represents the total number of pieces in
a mailing that are eligible for a specific
presort level based on the required
sortation, but which might not be
contained in a single container (sack or
pallet) due to applicable preparation
requirements or the size of the
individual pieces.
[Delete 2.0, Bundles, and renumber
3.0 through 5.0 as new 2.0 through 4.0.]
*
*
*
*
*
Sack Labels
*
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
3.0
*
*
*
*
3.4 Line 2 (Content Line)
Line 2 (content line) must meet these
standards:
*
*
*
*
*
b. Codes: The codes shown below
must be used as appropriate on Line 2
of sack labels.
[Revise the table in renumbered 3.4 to
delete the entries for ‘‘General Delivery
Unit,’’ ‘‘Highway Contract Route,’’ ‘‘Post
Office Box Section,’’ and ‘‘Rural
Route.’’]
*
*
*
*
*
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
4.0
Preparing Presorted Parcels
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise heading and text of 4.3 to
remove bundling requirement as
follows:]
4.4 Sacking and Labeling
Preparation sequence, sack size, and
labeling:
[Revise item a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme optional, but
required for 5-digit rate (see definition
in 1.3a); 10-pound minimum, labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme sacks use
L606, Column B. For 5-digit sacks use
city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail
(see 4.3c for overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
‘‘FCM PARCELS 5D SCH.’’ For 5-digit
sacks, ‘‘FCM PARCELS 5D.’’
*
*
*
*
*
440
Discount Parcels: Standard Mail
443
Rates and Eligibility
*
*
4.0
Rate Eligibility for Standard Mail
*
*
*
4.1 General Information
[Revise 4.1 to delete reference to
barcode discount and reorganize text as
follows:]
All Standard Mail rates are
discounted rates. These rates apply to
mailings meeting the basic standards in
2.0 through 4.0 and the corresponding
standards for presorted rates under 5.0
or Enhanced Carrier Route rates under
6.0. Destination entry discount rates are
available under 446.2.0 through 446.5.0
in Enter and Deposit. Pieces are subject
to either a single minimum per piece
rate or a combined piece/pound rate,
depending on the weight of the
individual pieces in the mailing under
4.2 or 4.3. Only organizations
authorized by the USPS under 703.1.0
may mail at Nonprofit rates.
4.2 Minimum Per Piece Rates
The minimum per piece rates (the
minimum postage that must be paid for
each piece) apply as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item b to delete the text that
does not apply to parcels as follows:]
b. In applying the minimum per piece
rates, a mailpiece is categorized as a
parcel based on the standards in 401,
Physical Standards.
[Revise item c to delete the text that
does not apply to parcels and to add 5digit rate mail as eligible for DDU rates
as follows:]
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
c. Individual Rates. There are separate
minimum per piece rates for each
subclass (Regular, Enhanced Carrier
Route, Nonprofit, and Nonprofit
Enhanced Carrier Route) and within
each subclass for the level of presort
within each mailing. Mailers may claim
discounted rates for destination entry
mailings under 446.2.0 through 446.5.0
in Enter and Deposit. DDU rates are
available for parcels and Not FlatMachinable pieces entered only at 5digit, Enhanced Carrier Route, or
Nonprofit Enhanced Carrier Route rates.
See 1.0, Rates and Fees for Standard
Mail, for individual per piece rates.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the heading and text of 4.4 as
follows:]
4.4
Surcharge
Unless prepared in carrier route
(irregular parcels only) or 5-digit/
scheme containers, Standard Mail
parcels and Not Flat-Machinable pieces
are subject to a $0.05 surcharge if:
a. The pieces placed in containers
other than 5-digit/scheme containers do
not contain the appropriate barcodes in
4.4b through 4.4d.
b. The machinable parcels do not bear
a UCC/EAN Code 128 barcode, under
708.5.0, for the ZIP Code of the delivery
address.
c. The Not Flat-Machinable pieces
weigh 6 ounces or more and do not bear
a UCC/EAN Code 128 barcode, under
708.5.0, for the ZIP Code of the delivery
address.
d. The irregular parcels weigh less
than 16 ounces, or the Not FlatMachinable pieces weigh less than 6
ounces, and those pieces do not bear a
UCC/EAN Code 128 or POSTNET
barcode, under 708.0, for the ZIP Code
of the delivery address.
[Delete 4.5 and renumber 4.6 as new
4.5.]
4.5
Extra Services for Standard Mail
*
*
4.5.2
*
*
*
Eligible Matter
[Revise renumbered 4.5.2 as follows:]
Extra services may be used only with
pieces mailed at machinable or irregular
parcel rates.
4.5.3
Ineligible Matter
Extra services (other than certificate of
mailing service) may not be used for any
of the following types of Standard Mail:
[Revise item a as follows:]
a. Pieces entered as letters, flats, or
NFMs.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the heading of 5.0 as follows:]
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
5.4.2
5.0 Additional Eligibility Standards
for Presorted Standard Mail Pieces
*
*
*
*
*
5.2
Rate Application
[Revise 5.2 to add Not FlatMachinable pieces and to note separate
rates as follows:]
Rates for Regular and Nonprofit
Standard Mail apply separately to
machinable parcels, irregular parcels,
and Not Flat-Machinable pieces that
meet the eligibility standards in 2.0
through 4.0 and the preparation
standards in 445.5.0 or 705.8.0,
Preparing Pallets. When parcels and Not
Flat-Machinable pieces are combined
under 445.5.0, all pieces are eligible for
the applicable rates when the combined
total meets the eligibility standards. For
example, when there are 10 pounds of
combined machinable parcels, irregular
parcels, and Not Flat-Machinable pieces
in a 5-digit sack, all pieces are eligible
for the 5-digit rates.
[Delete 5.3 through 5.5. Insert new 5.3
for machinable parcel rates as follows:]
5.3
5.3.1
Rates for Machinable Parcels
5-Digit Rate
The 5-digit rate applies to qualifying
machinable parcels presented:
a. In a 5-digit/scheme (L606) sack
containing at least 10 pounds of pieces.
b. On a 5-digit/scheme (L606) pallet,
according to standards in 705.8.10.
c. As one or more parcels that mailers
drop ship to a DDU under 446.5.2.
5.3.2
BMC Rate
The BMC rate applies to qualifying
machinable parcels presented:
a. In an ASF or BMC sack containing
at least 10 pounds of parcels.
b. On an ASF or BMC pallet,
according to standards in 705.8.10.
5.3.3
3-Digit Rate
The 3-digit rate applies to irregular
parcels (see 401.1.6) presented:
a. In a 3-digit sack containing at least
10 pounds of parcels.
b. On a 3-digit pallet, according to
705.8.10.
5.4.3
ADC Rate
The ADC rate applies to irregular
parcels (see 401.1.6) presented:
a. In an ADC sack containing at least
10 pounds of parcels, or in an optional
3-digit origin/entry sack.
b. On an ADC pallet, according to
705.8.10.4.
5.4.4
Mixed ADC Rate
The mixed ADC rate applies to
irregular parcels (see 401.1.6) in mixed
ADC containers.
[Insert new 5.5 for Not FlatMachinable rates as follows:]
5.5 Rates for Not Flat-Machinable
(NFM) Pieces
The 3-digit rate applies to NFM pieces
presented:
a. In a 3-digit sack containing at least
10 pounds of pieces.
b. On a 3-digit pallet under 705.8.10.
ADC Rate
5.5.4
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
The 5-digit rate applies to irregular
parcels (see 401.1.6) presented:
a. In a 5-digit/scheme (L606) sack
containing at least 10 pounds of pieces.
b. On a 5-digit/scheme (L606) pallet,
according to 705.8.10.
c. As one or more parcels that mailers
drop ship to a DDU under 446.5.2.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
Definition of a Bundle
5.0
3-Digit Rates
5.4
5-Digit Rate
Bundles
2.1
5.5.2
5-Digit Rate
The ADC rate applies to NFM pieces
presented:
a. In an ADC or BMC/ASF sack
containing at least 10 pounds of pieces
or in an optional 3-digit origin/entry
sack.
b. On an ADC or BMC/ASF pallet
under 705.8.10.
5.4.1
2.0
The 5-digit rate applies to NFM pieces
presented:
a. In a 5-digit/scheme sack containing
at least 10 pounds of pieces.
b. In 5-digit bundles of five or more
pieces on pallets or in pallet boxes
under 705.8.0.
c. On a 5-digit/scheme pallet under
705.8.10.
d. As one or more pieces that mailers
drop ship to a DDU under 446.5.0.
5.5.1
The mixed BMC rate applies to
machinable parcels that are not eligible
for 5-digit or BMC rates. Place
machinable parcels at mixed BMC rates
in mixed BMC sacks under 445.5.3.2 or
on mixed BMC pallets under 705.8.10.
[Insert new 5.4 for irregular parcel
rates as follows:]
Rates for Irregular Parcels
1.4 Preparation Definitions and
Instructions
For purposes of preparing mail:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item c as follows:]
c. A 5-digit/scheme sort for Standard
Mail parcels yields 5-digit scheme sacks
or pallets for those 5-digit ZIP Codes
listed in L606 and 5-digit sacks or
pallets for other ZIP Codes. The 5-digit
ZIP Codes in each scheme are treated as
a single presort destination subject to a
single minimum volume (if required),
with no further separation by 5-digit ZIP
Code required. Sacks or pallets prepared
for a 5-digit scheme destination that
contain pieces for only one of the
schemed 5-digit ZIP Codes are still
considered 5-digit scheme sorted and
are labeled accordingly.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 2.1 to restrict bundling as
follows:]
Mailers assemble pieces available for
different presort destinations into
groups. A ‘‘bundle’’ is a group of
addressed pieces secured together as a
unit. The term ‘‘bundle’’ does not apply
to unsecured groups of pieces. Bundling
under 445 is allowed only for carrier
route bundles of irregular parcels and 5digit bundles of Not Flat-Machinable
pieces placed on pallets or in pallet
boxes (see 6.0).
*
*
*
*
*
5.5.3
Mixed BMC Rate
15391
Mixed ADC Rate
The mixed ADC rate applies to NFM
pieces in mixed ADC or mixed BMC
containers.
*
*
*
*
*
445
Mail Preparation
1.0 General Information for Mail
Preparation
*
PO 00000
*
*
Frm 00027
*
Fmt 4701
*
Sfmt 4700
Preparing Presorted Parcels
*
*
5.3
Preparing Machinable Parcels
5.3.1
*
*
*
5-Digit Sacks
[Revise 5.3.1 to change the
preparation of 5-digit/scheme sacks
containing both machinable and
irregular parcels (or also containing Not
Flat-Machinable pieces) to be that for
machinable parcels, and to add 5-digit
scheme sorting when claiming 5-digit
rates, as follows:]
There is no minimum for parcels
prepared in 5-digit/scheme sacks
entered at a DDU. Mailers choosing to
combine the preparation of either
irregular parcels or Not Flat-Machinable
pieces (see 401.2.2.3) weighing 6 ounces
or more with machinable parcels placed
in 5-digit/scheme sacks must prepare
those sacks under 5.3.2. Mailers
choosing to combine the preparation of
Not Flat-Machinable pieces weighing 6
ounces or more with machinable parcels
placed in ASF, BMC, or mixed BMC
sacks must prepare the sacks under
5.3.2.
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15392
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
5.3.2 Sacking and Labeling
Preparation sequence, sack size, and
labeling:
[Revise item a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but
required for 5-digit rate), see definition
in 1.4c; 10-pound minimum except
under 5.3.1; labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
use L606, Column B. For 5-digit sacks,
use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code
destination on pieces (see 4.0 for
overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
‘‘STD MACH 5D SCH.’’ For 5-digit
sacks, ‘‘STD MACH 5D.’’
[Delete item b. Renumber items c
through e as new items b through d.]
*
*
*
*
*
5.4 Preparing Irregular Parcels
[Delete 5.4.1 and 5.4.2. Renumber
5.4.3 through 5.4.8 as new 5.4.1 through
5.4.6. Revise heading and text of
renumbered 5.4.1 to restrict bundling of
irregular parcels as follows:]
5.4.1 Bundling
Bundling is not permitted, except for
bundles of carrier route irregular parcels
under 6.0.
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete renumbered 5.4.2 through
5.4.5 and renumber 5.4.6 through 5.4.8
as new 5.4.2 through 5.4.4.]
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
5.4.2 Required Sacking
[Revise renumbered 5.4.2 to change
the minimum quantity per sack from 15
pounds to 10 pounds and to add NFMs
as follows:]
Mailers must prepare a sack when the
quantity of mail for a required presort
destination reaches 10 pounds of pieces.
There is no minimum for parcels
prepared in 5-digit/scheme sacks
entered at a DDU. Mailers choosing to
combine irregular parcels with
machinable parcels and NFMs in 5digit/scheme sacks must prepare those
sacks under 5.3.2. Mailers may not
prepare sacks containing irregular and
machinable parcels to other presort
levels. Mailers may combine irregular
parcels with Not Flat-Machinable pieces
weighing less than 6 ounces in sacks
under 5.4.4.
*
*
*
*
*
5.4.4 Sacking and Labeling
[Revise renumbered 5.4.4 as follows:]
Preparation sequence, sack size, and
labeling:
a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but
required for 5-digit rate), 10-pound
minimum, except when entered at a
DDU; labeling:
1. For 5-digit scheme sacks, use L606,
Column B. For 5-digit sacks, use city,
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see
4.3 for overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
‘‘STD IRREG 5D SCH.’’ For 5-digit sacks,
‘‘STD IRREG 5D.’’
b. 3-digit (required); 10-pound
minimum; for irregular parcels only;
labeling:
1. For Line 1, L002, Column A.
2. For Line 2, ‘‘STD IRREG 3D.’’
c. Origin/entry 3-digit(s) (optional); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: Use L002, Column A.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD IRREG 3D.’’
d. ADC (required); 10-pound
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L603, Column B. (Use L004
for parcels that weigh at least 2 ounces
and are not rolls or tubes. Do not mix
pieces labeled to L603 with pieces
labeled to L004.)
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD IRREG ADC.’’
e. Mixed ADC (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L604, Column B. (Use L009
for parcels that weigh at least 2 ounces
and are not rolls or tubes. Do not mix
pieces labeled to L604 with pieces
labeled to L009.)
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD IRREG WKG.’’
[Renumber 6.0 as new 7.0. Insert new
6.0 for preparation of NFM pieces as
follows:]
6.0 Preparing Not Flat-Machinable
Pieces
6.1
Basic Standards
All mailings at Regular Standard Mail
and Nonprofit Standard Mail NFM rates
are subject to the general preparation
standards in 1.0 through 4.0. Prepare
NFM pieces according to the standards
in 6.0 unless commingled with parcels
under 445.5.0. Mark NFM pieces
according to the standards in 402.2.1.1.
6.2
Bundling
Mailers may make 5-digit bundles of
at least five pieces when placed on
pallets or in pallet boxes under 705.8.0.
No other NFM bundling is permitted.
The height of a 5-digit bundle must be
at least 1 inch less than the longest
dimension of the individual mailpiece.
For example, a mailpiece measuring 7
inches long, 5 inches high, and 1⁄2 inch
thick must be placed in a bundle no
higher than 6 inches.
6.3
Sacking and Labeling
6.3.1
General
Mailers may combine NFM pieces
with parcels in 5-digit/scheme sacks
under 445.5.3. See 6.3.2 for NFM pieces
that weigh less than 6 ounces; see 6.3.3
for NFM pieces that weigh 6 ounces or
more.
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
6.3.2 NFM Pieces Weighing Less Than
6 Ounces
Preparation sequence, sack size, and
labeling for sacks of NFM pieces that
weigh less than 6 ounces:
a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but
required for 5-digit rate); see definition
in 445.1.4c; 10-pound minimum, except
when drop shipped to a DDU (no
minimum); labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
use L606, Column B. For 5-digit sacks,
use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code
destination on pieces (see 4.0 for
overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
‘‘STD NFM 5D SCH.’’ For 5-digit sacks,
‘‘STD NFM 5D.’’
b. 3-digit (required); 10-pound
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: Use L002, Column A.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD NFM 3D.’’
c. Origin/entry 3-digit(s) (optional); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: Use L002, Column A.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD NFM 3D.’’
d. ADC (required); 10-pound
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: Use L004, Column B.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD NFM ADC.’’
e. Mixed ADC (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: Use L009, Column B.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD NFM WKG.’’
6.3.3 NFM Pieces Weighing 6 Ounces
or More
Preparation sequence, sack size, and
labeling for sacks of NFM pieces that
weigh 6 ounces or more:
a. 5-digit/scheme (optional but
required for 5-digit rate); see definition
in 445.1.4c; 10-pound minimum, except
when drop shipped to a DDU (no
minimum); labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
use L606, Column B. For 5-digit sacks,
use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code
destination on pieces (see 4.0 for
overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
use ‘‘STD NFM MACH 5D SCH.’’ For 5digit sacks, use ‘‘STD NFM MACH 5D.’’
b. ASF (optional), permitted only for
mail deposited at an ASF to claim
DBMC rate; 10-pound minimum;
labeling:
1. Line 1: L602, Column B. DBMC rate
eligibility determined by Exhibit
446.3.1, BMC/ASF—DBMC Rate
Eligibility.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD NFM MACH ASF.’’
c. BMC (required); 10-pound
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: L601, Column B. DBMC rate
eligibility determined by Exhibit
446.3.1, BMC/ASF—DBMC Rate
Eligibility.
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD NFM MACH BMC.’’
d. Mixed BMC (required); no
minimum; labeling:
1. Line 1: ‘‘MXD’’ followed by L601,
Column B information for BMC serving
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry post
office.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD NFM MACH WKG.’’
*
*
*
*
*
446
Enter and Deposit
*
*
*
*
*
4.0 Destination Sectional Center
Facility (DSCF) Entry
*
*
*
*
*
4.2 Eligibility
Pieces in a mailing that meets the
standards in 2.0 and 4.0 are eligible for
the DSCF rate, as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
[Insert new item c as follows:]
c. When prepared and deposited
under 705.6.3.
*
*
*
*
*
is addressed and the weight of the
parcel. DSCF and DDU Parcel Select
rates are calculated based on the weight
of the parcel. Requirements for Parcel
Post rates and discounts are as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item f as follows:]
f. The barcode discount applies to
Inter-BMC/ASF and Intra-BMC/ASF
Parcel Post machinable parcels (401.1.5)
that bear a barcode under 708.5.0 for the
ZIP Code of the delivery address and are
part of a mailing of 50 or more Parcel
Post rate pieces.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item h as follows:]
h. An item weighing less than 20
pounds but measuring more than 84
inches (but not more than 108 inches)
in combined length and girth is charged
the rate for a 20-pound parcel for the
zone to which it is addressed (balloon
rate).
*
*
*
*
*
ZIP Codes listed in labeling list L607.
The following standards apply:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item b as follows:]
b. Bound Printed Matter machinable
parcels under 466.3.3 and Standard
Mail parcels and NFMs under 705.6.3
may be included.
*
*
*
*
*
460 Discount Parcels: Bound Printed
Matter
[Incorporate the standards for Bound
Printed Matter in 160 into 460. Make
revisions throughout to change singlepiece Bound Printed Matter to
‘‘nonpresorted’’ Bound Printed Matter
and make the following additional
changes:]
*
*
*
*
*
465
Mail Preparation
1.0 General Information for Mail
Preparation
455
Mail Preparation
*
*
5.0 Destination Delivery Unit (DDU)
Entry
*
*
1.3
Terms for Presort Levels
5.0
Standards for Barcode Discounts
*
*
5.2
Eligibility
5.1 Standards for Barcoded Mail
[Revise 5.1 as follows:]
The barcode discount applies to InterBMC/ASF and Intra-BMC/ASF Parcel
Post machinable parcels (401.1.5) that
bear a barcode under 708.5.0 for the ZIP
Code of the delivery address and are
part of a mailing of 50 or more Parcel
Post rate pieces.
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 5.2 to allow 5-digit sacks of
parcels to be entered at DDUs and to
add ‘‘Not Flat-Machinable’’ pieces as
follows:]
Pieces in a mailing that meets the
standards in 2.0 and 5.0 are eligible for
the DDU rate when deposited at a DDU,
addressed for delivery within that
facility’s service area, and prepared as
follows:
a. Irregular parcels in carrier route
bundles sorted to carrier route sacks,
and otherwise eligible for and claimed
at a carrier route rate.
b. One or more parcels or Not FlatMachinable pieces in 5-digit containers.
*
*
*
*
*
5.0
Preparing Presorted Parcels
2.0
Parcel Select
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
2.2 Rate Eligibility for Parcel Select
Rates
453
Rates and Eligibility
*
*
2.2.2 DBMC Rates
For DBMC rates, pieces must meet the
applicable standards in 2.1 through 2.6
and the following:
*
*
*
*
*
[Renumber items b and c as new items
c and d. Insert new item b as follows:]
b. Machinable parcels must bear a
barcode under 708.5.0 for the ZIP Code
of the delivery address. Nonbarcoded
machinable parcels are eligible only for
the Intra-BMC/ASF rates.
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
3.1 Parcel Post and Parcel Select Rate
Eligibility
There are five Parcel Post (including
Parcel Select) rate categories: Intra-BMC,
Inter-BMC, destination bulk mail center
(DBMC), destination sectional center
facility (DSCF), and destination delivery
unit (DDU). Parcel Post mailed at any of
the destination entry rates is called
‘‘Parcel Select’’ (see 456.2.0). Intra-BMC
and Inter-BMC Parcel Post rates and
DBMC Parcel Select rates are calculated
based on the zone to which the parcel
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
*
Enter and Deposit
*
*
*
456
Discount Parcels: Parcel Post
3.0 Rate Eligibility Standards for
Parcel Post
*
Terms used for presort levels are
defined as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
[Renumber items c through g as new
items d through h. Insert new item c for
5-digit schemes as follows:]
c. 5-digit scheme (pallets and sacks)
for Bound Printed Matter parcels: The
ZIP Code in the delivery address on all
pieces begins with one of the 5-digit ZIP
Code ranges processed by the USPS as
a single scheme, as shown in L606.
*
*
*
*
*
450
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
15393
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
*
*
5.2 Preparing Irregular Parcels
Weighing Less Than 10 Pounds
*
5.2.3
2.6 Acceptance at Designated SCF
Mailers may deposit parcels otherwise
eligible for the DBMC rates at an SCF
designated by the USPS for destination
*
*
*
*
*
Required Sacking
[Revise the third sentence in the
introductory text as follows:]
A sack must be prepared when the
quantity of mail for a required presort
destination reaches either 10 addressed
pieces or 20 pounds, whichever occurs
first. Smaller volumes are not permitted
(except mixed ADC sacks). Optional
SCF sacks may be prepared only when
there are at least 10 addressed pieces or
20 pounds, whichever occurs first.
Sacking is not required for 5-digit
bundles when prepared for and entered
at DDU rates. Such bundles may be
bedloaded and may weigh up to 40
pounds. Sacking also is subject to these
conditions:
*
*
*
*
*
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15394
5.2.4
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
Sacking and Labeling
Preparation sequence and labeling:
[Replace items a and b with new item
a as follows. Renumber items c through
f as new items b through e.]
a. 5-digit/scheme (required); labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
use L606, Column B. For 5-digit sacks,
use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on
mail (see 4.3 for overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
‘‘PSVC IRREG 5D SCH.’’ For 5-digit
sacks, ‘‘PSVC IRREG 5D.’’
*
*
*
*
*
2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC MACH 5D
SCHEME’’ or ‘‘PSVC MACH 5D SCH.’’
*
*
*
*
*
466
Enter and Deposit
1.0
Presenting a Mailing
[Revise the heading of 1.1 as follows:]
1.1 Verification and Entry—Presorted,
Carrier Route, Destination Entry, And
Barcoded Mailings
*
*
*
*
*
[Renumber 1.2 through 1.5 as new 1.3
through 1.6. Insert new 1.2 as follows:]
5.3 Preparing Irregular Parcels
Weighing 10 Pounds or More
1.2 Verification and Entry—
Nonpresorted Mailings
*
Nonpresorted rate Bound Printed
Matter is not offered at post offices,
branches, or stations or through Postal
Service carriers, except under 1.2c and
1.2d. Mailers must deposit
Nonpresorted Bound Printed Matter as
follows:
a. At the time and place specified by
the postmaster at the office of mailing.
b. For metered mail, at other than the
licensing post office only as permitted
under 705.18.0, Metered Mail Drop
Shipment.
c. For permit imprint mail, only at the
post office where the permit is held (see
604.5.0).
d. At any post office, branch, or
station or with a Postal Service carrier,
if the correct postage is applied,
including postage for any extra service
elected.
*
*
*
*
*
*
5.3.3
*
*
*
Sacking and Labeling
Preparation sequence and labeling:
[Replace items a and b with new item
a as follows. Renumber items c through
f as new items b through e.]
a. 5-digit/scheme (required); labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
use L606, Column B. For 5-digit sacks,
use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on
mail (see 4.3 for overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
‘‘PSVC IRREG 5D SCH.’’ For 5-digit
sacks, ‘‘PSVC IRREG 5D.’’
*
*
*
*
*
5.4 Preparing Machinable Parcels Not
Claiming the DBMC Rates
*
*
5.4.2
*
*
*
Sacking and Labeling
Preparation sequence and labeling:
[Replace items a and b with new item
a as follows. Renumber items c and d as
new items b and c.]
a. 5-digit/scheme (required); labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
use L606, Column B. For 5-digit sacks,
use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on
mail (see 4.3 for overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
‘‘PSVC MACH 5D SCH.’’ For 5-digit
sacks, ‘‘PSVC MACH 5D.’’
*
*
*
*
*
5.5 Preparing Machinable Parcels
Claiming the DBMC Rates
*
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
5.5.2
*
*
*
*
Sacking and Labeling
Preparation sequence and labeling:
[Replace items a and b with new item
a as follows. Renumber items c through
e as new items b through d.]
a. 5-digit/scheme (required); labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
use L606, Column B. For 5-digit sacks,
use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on
mail (see 4.3 for overseas military mail).
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
3.0 Destination Bulk Mail Center
(DBMC) Entry
5.2
Preparing Machinable Parcels
*
*
*
*
*
5.2.2 Sacking and Labeling
Preparation sequence and labeling:
[Replace items a and b with new item
a as follows. Renumber items c and d as
new items b and c.]
a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but
required for 5-digit rate); labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
use L606, Column B. For 5-digit sacks,
use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on
mail (see 4.3 for overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
‘‘PSVC MACH 5D SCH.’’ For 5-digit
sacks, ‘‘PSVC MACH 5D.’’
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise heading of 5.3 as follows:]
5.3
Preparing Irregular Parcels
*
*
*
*
*
5.3.4 Sacking and Labeling
Preparation sequence and labeling:
[Replace items a and b with new item
a as follows. Renumber items c through
e as new items b through d.]
a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but
required for 5-digit rate); labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
use L606, Column B. For 5-digit sacks,
use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on
mail (see 4.3 for overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
‘‘PSVC IRREG 5D SCH.’’ For 5-digit
sacks, ‘‘PSVC IRREG 5D.’’
*
*
*
*
*
480
Library Mail
*
*
*
*
*
485
Mail Preparation
*
*
3.2 Acceptance at Designated SCF—
Mailer Benefit
5.0
Preparing Library Mail Parcels
*
*
Mailers may deposit machinable
parcels otherwise eligible for the DBMC
rates at an SCF designated by the USPS
for destination ZIP Codes listed in
labeling list L607. The following
standards apply:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item c as follows:]
c. Parcel Select machinable parcels
under 456.2.6 and Standard Mail
parcels and NFMs under 705.6.3 may be
included.
*
*
*
*
*
5.2
Preparing Machinable Parcels
*
*
*
*
*
*
470
Media Mail
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
5.2.2 Sacking and Labeling
Preparation sequence and labeling:
[Replace items a and b with new item
a as follows. Renumber items c and d as
new items b and c.]
a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but
required for 5-digit rate); labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
use L606, Column B. For 5-digit sacks,
use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on
mail (see 4.3 for overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
‘‘PSVC MACH 5D SCH.’’ For 5-digit
sacks, ‘‘PSVC MACH 5D.’’
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise heading of 5.3 as follows:]
475
Mail Preparation
*
*
5.0
Preparing Media Mail Parcels
5.3
Preparing Irregular Parcels
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
*
*
Frm 00030
*
*
Fmt 4701
*
*
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
*
30MRR3
*
*
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
5.3.4
Sacking and Labeling
Preparation sequence and labeling:
[Replace items a and b with new item
a as follows. Renumber items c through
e as new items b through d.]
a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but
required for 5-digit rate); labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
use L606, Column B. For 5-digit sacks,
use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on
mail (see 4.3 for overseas military mail).
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
‘‘PSVC IRREG 5D SCH.’’ For 5-digit
sacks, ‘‘PSVC IRREG 5D.’’
*
*
*
*
*
500
Additional Services
503
Extra Services
*
*
4.0
Insured Mail
*
*
4.2
Basic Information
4.2.1
*
*
*
*
*
*
Description
Eligible Matter
The following types of mail may be
insured:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item b as follows:]
b. Standard Mail pieces prepared as
machinable or irregular parcels (bulk
insurance only).
*
*
*
*
*
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
4.2.4
Additional Services
[Revise the first sentence in 4.2.4 as
follows:]
Insuring an item for more than $200
allows customers to purchase restricted
delivery service or return receipt
service. The following services may be
purchased at a retail post office and
combined with insurance if the
applicable standards for the services are
met and the additional service fees are
paid:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item c as follows:]
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
4.3
Mailing
*
*
4.3.3
Jkt 211001
*
*
*
Markings and Forms
The treatment of pieces is determined
by the insurance amount:
[Revise items a and b as follows:]
a. Retail pieces insured for $200 or
less: The mailer must affix a barcoded
Form 3813 (see Exhibit 4.3.3) to each
piece above the delivery address and to
the right of the return address. No
signature is obtained.
b. Retail pieces insured for more than
$200: The mailer must affix a barcoded
Form 3813–P (see Exhibit 4.3.3) to each
piece above the delivery address and to
the right of the return address.
*
*
*
*
*
4.3.5
Insured mail provides the following
features:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item d as follows:]
d. Insured mail service provides the
mailer with a mailing receipt. No record
of insured mail is kept at the office of
mailing. For mail insured for $200 or
less, the USPS maintains delivery
information (not including a signature)
for a specified period of time. For mail
insured for more than $200, the USPS
maintains a delivery record (which
includes the recipient’s signature) for a
specified period of time. Customers may
obtain a delivery record by purchasing
additional services; see 6.0 for details.
4.2.2
c. Return receipt for merchandise (for
items insured for $200 or less).
*
*
*
*
*
Integrated Barcodes
The following options are available
for mailers who print their own labels:
*
*
*
*
*
c. Mailers must use an integrated
barcode (see Exhibit 4.3.5c) when
insurance is purchased online for
Priority Mail and for parcels mailed at
First-Class Mail, Media Mail, or Parcel
Post rates. This barcode combines
insurance with electronic option
Delivery Confirmation or Signature
Confirmation into a single barcode on
the shipping label. Additional
information on the integrated barcode
can be found in Publication 91,
Confirmation Services Technical Guide.
[Revise items c1 and c2 as follows:]
1. Mailers may purchase insurance
online for indemnity coverage of $200
or less with electronic option Delivery
Confirmation service. The humanreadable text above the integrated
barcode must state, ‘‘e/USPS DELIVERY
CONFIRMATION’’ or, for parcels
prepared using eVS under 705.2.9,
‘‘USPS DELIVERY CONFIRMATION.’’
2. Mailers may purchase insurance
online for indemnity coverage of more
than $200, up to $500, with electronic
option Delivery Confirmation service.
The human-readable text above the
integrated barcode must state, ‘‘e/USPS
INSURED’’ or, for parcels prepared
using eVS under 705.2.9, ‘‘USPS
INSURED.’’
*
*
*
*
*
4.3.7
Receipt
Receipts are provided as follows:
a. For each retail insured mail article,
the mailer receives a USPS sales receipt
and the appropriate postmarked (rounddated) insured mail form as follows:
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
15395
[Revise items a1 and a2 as follows:]
1. Form 3813 when the insurance
coverage is $200 or less.
2. Form 3813–P when the insurance
coverage is more than $200.
*
*
*
*
*
4.5 Delivery
[Revise 4.5 as follows:]
An item insured for $200 or less
receives a delivery scan. An item
insured for more than $200 receives a
delivery scan and the recipient’s
signature. Delivery of insured mail is
subject to 508.1.0, Recipient Options,
and 508.2.0, Conditions of Delivery.
*
*
*
*
*
6.0
Return Receipt
*
*
6.2
Basic Information
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
6.2.2 Eligible Matter
Return receipt service is available for:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise items b, c, and d to replace
old value of $50 with new value of $200.
Further revise item c to remove
reference to residual shape surcharge
and insert text about preparation as
machinable or irregular parcels as
follows:]
b. First-Class Mail (including Priority
Mail) when purchased at the time of
mailing with Certified Mail, COD,
insured mail (for more than $200), or
Registered Mail service.
c. Standard Mail prepared as parcels
when bulk insurance (for more than
$200) is purchased at the time of
mailing.
d. Package Services when purchased
at the time of mailing with COD or
insured mail (for more than $200).
*
*
*
*
*
6.3
Obtaining Service
*
*
*
*
*
6.3.2 After Mailing
[Revise first sentence in the
introductory text to replace old value of
$50 with new value of $200 as follows:]
The mailer may request a delivery
record after mailing for Express Mail,
Certified Mail, Registered Mail, COD
mail, and mail insured for more than
$200. When a delivery record is
available, the USPS provides the mailer
information from that record, including
to whom the mail was delivered and the
date of delivery. The mailer requests a
delivery record by completing Form
3811–A, paying the appropriate fee in
6.1.1, and submitting the request to the
appropriate office as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15396
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
1.0
7.0
Restricted Delivery
9.2.2
*
*
7.2
Basic Information
*
*
[Revise 9.2.2 to remove reference to
Standard Mail residual shape surcharge
and insert text about Standard Mail
preparation as machinable or irregular
parcels as follows:]
Delivery Confirmation is available for
First-Class Mail parcels, for all Priority
Mail pieces, for Standard Mail pieces
prepared as machinable or irregular
parcels (electronic option only), and for
Package Services parcels under 401.1.0.
For the purposes of using Delivery
Confirmation with a Package Services
parcel, the parcel must meet these
additional requirements:
*
*
*
*
*
7.2.2
*
*
*
*
*
*
Eligible Matter
Restricted Delivery service is
available for:
[Revise items a, b, and c to replace old
value of $50 with new value of $200.
Further revise item b to remove
reference to residual shape surcharge
and insert text about preparation as
machinable or irregular parcels as
follows:]
a. First-Class Mail (including Priority
Mail) when purchased at the time of
mailing with Certified Mail, COD,
insured mail (for more than $200), or
Registered Mail service.
b. Standard Mail prepared as
machinable or irregular parcels when
bulk insurance (for more than $200) is
purchased at the time of mailing.
c. Package Services when purchased
at the time of mailing with COD or
insured mail (for more than $200).
*
*
*
*
*
Eligible Matter
9.2.6
Additional Services
Delivery Confirmation may be
combined with:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise items d and e as follows:]
d. Restricted delivery, if purchased
with insurance for more than $200,
COD, or Registered Mail service.
e. Return receipt, if purchased with
insurance for more than $200, COD, or
Registered Mail service.
*
*
*
*
*
8.0
Return Receipt for Merchandise
10.0
*
*
*
8.2
Basic Information
10.2
*
*
*
8.2.2
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 8.2.2 as follows:]
Return receipt for merchandise is
available for merchandise sent as
Priority Mail, Standard Mail machinable
and irregular parcels, and Package
Services.
*
*
*
*
*
Additional Services
The following services may be
combined with return receipt for
merchandise if the applicable standards
for the services are met and the
additional service fees are paid:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item b to replace old value of
$50 with new value of $200 as follows:]
b. Insurance (for up to $200).
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Basic Information
*
10.2.2
Eligible Matter
8.2.4
Signature Confirmation
*
*
*
Eligible Matter
[Revise the introductory text of 10.2.2
as follows:]
Signature Confirmation is available
for First-Class Mail parcels, Package
Services parcels defined in 401.1.0, and
for all Priority Mail pieces. For the
purposes of using Signature
Confirmation with a Package Services
parcel, the parcel must meet these
additional requirements:
*
*
*
*
*
10.2.6
Additional Services
Signature Confirmation may be
combined with:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item d as follows:]
d. Restricted delivery, if purchased
with insurance for more than $200,
COD, or Registered Mail service.
*
*
*
*
*
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
9.0
Delivery Confirmation
507
*
*
9.2
Basic Information
*
*
[Revise 507 to change the term
‘‘accounting fee’’ to ‘‘account
maintenance fee’’ throughout the
chapter.]
*
*
VerDate Aug<31>2005
*
*
*
*
20:27 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Mailer Services
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Treatment of Mail
*
*
*
*
*
1.5 Treatment for Ancillary Services
by Class of Mail
*
1.5.2
*
*
*
*
Periodicals
Undeliverable-as-addressed (UAA)
Periodicals publications (including
publications pending Periodicals
authorization) are treated as described
in Exhibit 1.5.2, with these additional
conditions:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the second-to-last sentence in
item f as follows:]
f. The publisher may request the
return of copies of undelivered
Periodicals by printing the endorsement
‘‘Address Service Requested’’ on the
envelopes or wrappers, or on one of the
outside covers of unwrapped copies,
immediately preceded by the sender’s
name, address, and ZIP+4 or 5-digit ZIP
Code. This endorsement obligates the
publisher to pay return postage. Each
returned piece is charged the singlepiece First-Class Mail rate for the weight
and shape of the piece, and the
nonmachinable surcharge if applicable,
or the Priority Mail rate for the weight
and destination of the piece. When the
address correction is provided
incidental to the return of the piece,
there is no charge for the correction.
*
*
*
*
*
1.5.3
Standard Mail
Undeliverable-as-addressed (UAA)
Standard Mail is treated as described in
Exhibit 1.5.3a and Exhibit 1.5.3k, with
these additional conditions:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item j as follows:]
j. A returned piece endorsed ‘‘Return
Service Requested’’ is charged the
single-piece First-Class Mail rate for the
weight and shape of the piece, and the
nonmachinable surcharge if applicable,
or the Priority Mail rate for the weight
and destination of the piece. The
appropriate First-Class Mail rate for a
Not Flat-Machinable piece is the FirstClass Mail parcel rate.
*
*
*
*
*
Exhibit 1.5.3a Treatment of
Undeliverable Standard Mail
[Add a new entry for Standard Mail
using Address Change Service with the
electronic or the automated option as
follows:]
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15397
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
Mailer endorsement
USPS treatment of UAA pieces
*
*
‘‘Address Service Requested’’ 3 ......
*
*
*
*
*
If no change-of-address order on file:
Piece returned with reason for nondelivery attached (First-Class Mail rate charged).
If change-of-address order on file:
• Months 1 through 12: Piece forwarded ($0.35 per letter or $1.05 per flat postage due charged to
mailer); separate notice of new address provided (address correction fee charged).
• Months 13 through 18: Piece returned with new address attached (First-Class Mail rate charged).
• After month 18: Piece returned with reason for nondelivery attached (First-Class Mail rate charged).
*
*
*
[Renumber footnote 3 as footnote 4.
Revise footnote 2 and insert new
footnote 3 as follows:]
2. Valid for all pieces not using
Address Change Service electronic and
automated options under footnote 3.
3. Valid only for pieces using Address
Change Service electronic and
automated options as automated postage
due transactions are implemented.
*
*
*
*
*
1.6
Attachments and Enclosures
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
1.6.1 Periodicals
[Revise the first sentence in 1.6.1 as
follows:]
Undeliverable Periodicals (including
publications pending Periodicals
authorization) with a nonincidental
First-Class Mail attachment or enclosure
are returned at the single-piece FirstClass Mail rate for the weight and shape
of the piece, and the nonmachinable
surcharge if applicable, or Priority Mail
rate for the weight and destination of
the piece. The weight of the attachment
or enclosure is not included when
computing the charges for return of the
mailpiece. Undeliverable Periodicals
(including publications pending
Periodicals authorization) with an
incidental First-Class Mail attachment
or enclosure are treated as dead mail
unless endorsed ‘‘Address Service
Requested.’’
1.6.2 Standard Mail
[Revise the first sentence in 1.6.2 as
follows:]
Undeliverable, unendorsed Standard
Mail with a nonincidental First-Class
Mail attachment or enclosure is
returned at the single-piece First-Class
Mail rate for the weight and shape of the
piece or Priority Mail rate for the weight
and destination of the piece. The weight
of the First-Class Mail attachment or
enclosure is not included when
computing the charges for return of the
mailpiece. Undeliverable, unendorsed
Standard Mail with an incidental FirstClass Mail attachment or enclosure is
treated as dead mail.
*
*
*
*
*
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:27 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
*
*
3.0
Address Correction Services
*
*
3.2
Address Change Service (ACS)
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise heading and text in 3.2.2 as
follows:]
3.2.2 Service Options
ACS offers three levels of service:
a. An automated option for letter-size
mail with electronic notices processed
using OneCode technology (see 3.2.6,
Additional Standards—Intelligent Mail
barcodes).
b. An electronic option for all notices
processed electronically, except
automated notices under 3.2.2a.
c. A manual option for notices
processed manually.
*
*
*
*
*
10.0
*
*
10.5
*
Merchandise Return Service
*
*
*
Additional Features
*
*
*
*
10.5.3 Insured Markings
[Revise 10.5.3 as follows:]
The permit holder must either leave a
clear space on the merchandise return
label to the right of the return address
for the insured label or instruct the
customer to affix the merchandise
return label to the article so that the
USPS acceptance employee can place
the insured label on the article directly
above the merchandise return label.
*
*
*
*
*
508
Recipient Services
1.0
Recipient Options
1.1
Basic Recipient Concerns
*
*
*
*
*
1.1.7 Express Mail and Accountable
Mail
[Revise the introductory text of 1.1.7
to change the insurance threshold from
$50 to $200 as follows:]
The following conditions also apply
to the delivery of Express Mail and
accountable mail (registered, certified,
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
*
*
insured for more than $200, or COD, as
well as mail for which a return receipt
or a return receipt for merchandise is
requested or for which the sender has
specified restricted delivery):
*
*
*
*
*
600 Basic Standards for All Mailing
Services
601
Mailability
1.0
General Standards
*
*
*
*
*
1.4 Length and Height
Determine length and height as
follows:
a. Letter-size pieces. Determine the
length and height according to the
location and orientation of the delivery
address. The length is the dimension
parallel to the address as read; the
height is the dimension perpendicular
to the length.
b. Flat-size pieces. The length of a flatsize mailpiece is the longest dimension.
The height is the dimension
perpendicular to the length.
c. Parcels and Not Flat-Machinable
pieces. The length is the longest
dimension.
d. Customized MarketMail pieces. See
705.1.0.
*
*
*
*
*
604
Postage Payment Methods
1.0
Stamps
1.1 Postage Stamp Denominations
[Add the forever stamp to the table of
types and formats of stamps.]
*
*
*
*
*
[Renumber 1.10 through 1.12 as new
1.11 through 1.13. Insert new 1.10 as
follows:]
1.10 Additional Standards for Forever
Stamps
Forever stamps are sold for the price
of the current First-Class Mail singlepiece 1-ounce letter rate in 133.1.5. The
postage value of each forever stamp is
the current First-Class Mail single-piece
1-ounce letter rate. Forever stamps may
be used only on single-piece rate mail.
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15398
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
[Revise the heading of renumbered
1.11 as follows:]
Customer Guide to Filing Domestic
Insurance Claims or Registered Mail
Inquiries, available on https://
www.usps.com and in post offices.
*
*
*
*
*
1.11 Additional Standards for
Semipostal Stamps
*
*
*
*
*
609 Filing Indemnity Claims for Loss
or Damage
1.0
General Filing Instructions
1.1
Extra Services With Indemnity
A customer may file an indemnity
claim for insured mail, collect on
delivery (COD) items, Registered Mail
with postal insurance, or Express Mail.
Inquiries on uninsured Registered Mail
may be filed as detailed in 503.2.0.
Customers can find additional
information in Publication 122,
1.3 Who May File for Loss or Damage
[Revise 1.3 as follows:]
A claim may be filed by:
a. Either the mailer or addressee, for
damaged articles or articles with some
or all of the contents missing.
b. Either the mailer or addressee who
is in possession of the original retail
mailing receipt, or in possession of the
online label record or computer printout
of the web-based application as
described in 3.1e., for lost articles.
c. Only the merchandise return permit
holder, for merchandise return service
(MRS) parcels that are registered or
insured as indicated by the permit
holder on the MRS label.
d. Only the mailer, when the mailer
has added and paid for insurance on
merchandise return service parcels.
e. Only the mailer, for bulk insured
service mail.
1.4
When To File for Loss or Damage
[Revise 1.4 as follows:]
File claims as follows:
a. For damaged or missing contents, a
customer should file a claim
immediately, but must file no later than
60 days from the date of mailing.
b. For a lost article, a customer must
file a claim within the time limits in the
chart below.
When to file (from mailing date)
Mail type or service
No sooner than
Insured Mail .......................................................................................................................................................
COD ...................................................................................................................................................................
Registered Mail ..................................................................................................................................................
Registered COD ................................................................................................................................................
Express Mail ......................................................................................................................................................
Express Mail COD .............................................................................................................................................
APO/FPO Insured Mail (First-Class Mail, SAM, PAL, or COD) ........................................................................
APO/FPO Insured Mail (Surface Only) .............................................................................................................
1.5 Where To File for Loss or Damage
A claim may be filed:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise items b and c as follows:]
b. Only at the post office where the
merchandise return permit is held, for
Registered Mail articles with
merchandise return service.
c. Online at https://www.usps.com for
customers who purchased insurance
online through Click-N-Ship or eBay.
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
1.6 How To File for Loss or Damage
[Revise 1.6 as follows:]
A customer may file a claim by
presenting evidence of insurance,
evidence of value, and/or proof of
damage. If the article was mailed
Express Mail COD or Registered Mail
COD, the customer must provide both
the original COD receipt with either the
Express Mail or the Registered Mail
receipt. The customer must complete
the applicable portions of Form 1000.
Customers may print Form 1000 from
https://www.usps.com and complete the
customer section before going to the
Post Office.
*
*
*
*
*
2.0 Providing Proof of Loss or Damage
2.1 Missing Contents
[Revise 2.1 as follows:]
If a claim is filed because some or all
of the contents are missing, the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
addressee must make the mailing
container available to the USPS for
inspection, including any wrapping,
packaging, and any contents that were
received. Failure to do so will result in
denial of the claim.
2.2 Proof of Damage
[Revise 2.1 as follows:]
If the addressee files the claim, the
addressee must make the damaged
article and mailing container available
to the USPS for inspection, including
any wrapping, packaging, and any other
contents that were received. If the
mailer files the claim, the St. Louis ASC
will notify the addressee by letter to
present the damaged article and mailing
container to the USPS for inspection,
including any wrapping, packaging, and
any other contents that were received.
Failure to do so will result in denial of
the claim.
[Delete 2.3, Proof of Loss.]
3.0 Providing Evidence of Insurance
and Value
3.1 Evidence of Insurance
For a claim involving insured, COD,
registered, or Express Mail service, the
customer must present any of the
following evidence showing that the
particular service was purchased:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item e as follows:]
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
21 days .............
45 days .............
15 days .............
45 days .............
7 days ...............
45 days .............
45 days .............
75 days .............
No later than
180 days.
180 days.
180 days.
180 days.
90 days.
90 days.
1 year.
1 year.
e. For insurance purchased online, the
mailer may access and print an
electronic record as follows:
1. A computer printout from the Webbased application used to print the label
and purchase the insurance. The
printout must clearly identify the
following information: The Delivery
Confirmation or Signature Confirmation
number of the insured parcel, total
postage paid, insurance fee paid,
declared value, declared mailing or
shipping date, origin ZIP Code, and
delivery ZIP Code.
2. A printed online label record.
*
*
*
*
*
4.0 Claims
*
*
*
*
*
4.3
Nonpayable Claims
Indemnity is not paid for insured
mail, Registered Mail, COD, or Express
Mail in these situations:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise items f and s as follows:]
f. Loss resulting from delay of the
mail, except under 4.2a2, Payable
Express Mail Claim, and 4.3ae below.
*
*
*
*
*
s. Consequential loss of Express Mail
claimed, except under 4.2a3 and 4.3ae.
*
*
*
*
*
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
5.0
Compensation
5.1
Payment Limitation
[Revise 5.1 as follows:]
The USPS does not make payment for
more than the actual value of the article
or, for bulk insurance, for more than the
wholesale cost of the contents to the
sender if a lesser amount. The USPS
does not make payment for more than
the maximum amount covered by the
fee paid.
*
*
*
*
*
6.0
Adjudication of Claims
6.1
Initial Adjudication of Claims
[Revise 6.1 as follows:]
The St. Louis Accounting Service
Center (ASC) adjudicates and pays or
disallows all domestic claims, except
the initial adjudication of domestic
retail insured claims for insurance
coverage of $50 or less that are not for
bulk insured service, and claims
appealed under 6.3. Domestic retail
insured claims for insurance coverage of
$50 or less, except for bulk insured
service, are adjudicated and paid locally
at the post office accepting the claims.
Claims for insurance purchased online
(through Click-N-Ship or eBay) up to
$500 may be filed online through
https://www.usps.com, and will be
processed and paid through the St.
Louis ASC.
6.2
Appealing a Claim Decision
[Revise 6.2 as follows:]
A customer may appeal a claim
decision by filing a written appeal
within 60 days of the date of the original
decision. Except for domestic retail
insured claims for insurance coverage of
$50 or less, the customer must send the
appeal directly to Claims Appeals (see
608.8.0 for address). For domestic retail
insured claims for insurance coverage of
$50 or less, the customer must send the
appeal to the post office where the claim
was filed. That post office forwards the
appeal to the manager of Claims
Appeals at the St. Louis ASC.
*
*
*
*
*
700
Special Standards
*
*
*
*
705 Advanced Preparation and
Special Postage Payment Systems
1.2
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
*
Rates
*
*
*
[Revise 1.2 as follows:]
Pieces mailed as Customized
MarketMail under 705.1.0 must be
charged the Regular or Nonprofit
Standard Mail 5-digit nonentry rate for
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
Keyline
*
*
2.3.3
*
*
*
*
Rate Category Abbreviations
*
*
*
*
Exhibit 2.3.3a Rate Category
Abbreviations—First-Class Mail
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete the entry for Automation
Carrier Route.]
Exhibit 2.3.3b Rate Category
Abbreviations—Standard Mail
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete the entry for Automation
Carrier Route. Add an entry for Not FlatMachinable pieces as follows:]
Code
Rate category
NF ..
*
Not Flat-Machinable
*
*
*
*
6.0 Combining Mailings of Standard
Mail and Package Services Parcels
6.1 Combining Machinable Parcels—
DBMC Entry
*
*
6.1.2
*
*
*
Basic Standards
Standard Mail and Package Services
machinable parcels must meet the
following conditions:
*
*
*
*
*
[Renumber items c through h as new
items d through i. Insert new item c as
follows:]
c. Parcel Select machinable parcels
must bear a barcode under 708.5.0 for
the ZIP Code of the delivery address.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise heading and text of 6.2 to
include all Package Services parcels
when a combined mailing is drop
shipped to DSCFs, and to allow mailers
to combine Standard Mail parcels and
NFMs with Packages Services parcels
for DDU rates, as follows:]
6.2.1
Customized MarketMail
*
2.3
6.2 Combining Parcels—Parcel Post
OBMC Presort, BMC Presort, DSCF, and
DDU Rates
*
1.0
Not Flat-Machinable pieces and must
not exceed 3.3 ounces.
*
*
*
*
*
Qualification
[Revise 6.2.1 as follows:]
Combination requirements for specific
discounts and rates are as follows:
a. When claiming Parcel Post OBMC
Presort discounts, Parcel Post BMC
Presort discounts, and DSCF rates for
Parcel Post or Bound Printed Matter
parcels, machinable Standard Mail
parcels and NFMs 6 ounces or more
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
15399
may be combined with machinable
Package Services parcels under 6.2.
b. When claiming the DSCF rate for
Parcel Post or Bound Printed Matter
parcels, all Standard Mail parcels and
NFMs may be combined with Package
Services parcels under 6.2.
c. Standard Mail parcels and NFMs
may be combined with Package Services
parcels prepared for DDU rates under
6.2.
*
*
*
*
*
6.2.4
Preparation and Rates
Combined parcels must be prepared
as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise items b and b6 as follows:]
b. Parcel Post or Bound Printed Matter
Qualifying for DSCF Rates. Mailers must
prepare the combined mailings under
the applicable 5-digit scheme and 5digit sack requirements in 455.4.0 or the
applicable 5-digit scheme and 5-digit
pallet requirements in 8.0 for the Parcel
Post DSCF rates. All other requirements
for Parcel Post DSCF rates and Standard
Mail rates, as applicable, must be met.
The following additional requirements
apply:
*
*
*
*
*
6. Standard Mail parcels are eligible
for presorted rates according to 443.
[Revise item c as follows. Delete item
c3.]
c. Parcel Post Qualifying for OBMC
Presort or BMC Presort Rates. Mailers
must prepare the combined mailings
under the BMC pallet requirements in
8.0 for machinable parcels at Parcel Post
OBMC Presort or BMC Presort rates. All
other requirements for Parcel Post
OBMC Presort or BMC Presort rates and
Standard Mail rates must be met. The
following additional requirements
apply:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item d as follows:]
d. Package Services and Standard
Mail parcels and NFMs qualifying for
DDU rates:
1. The combined mailings must be
prepared under the applicable 5-digit
scheme and 5-digit sack requirements in
455.4.0 or the applicable 5-digit scheme
and 5-digit pallet requirements in 8.22
for the Parcel Post or Bound Printed
Matter DDU rates.
2. Line 2 of 5-digit scheme container
labels must read, ‘‘STD/PSVC PARCELS
5D SCH.’’ Line 2 of 5-digit container
labels must read, ‘‘STD/PSVC PARCELS
5D.’’
*
*
*
*
*
[Insert new 6.3 as follows:]
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15400
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
6.3 Combining Package Services and
Standard Mail—Optional 3-Digit SCF
Entry
7.0 Combining Package Services
Parcels for Destination Entry
6.3.1 Acceptance at Designated SCF—
Qualification and Preparation
7.2 Combining Package Services
Machinable Parcels for DBMC Entry
Mailers may deposit parcels otherwise
eligible for the Package Services and
Standard Mail DBMC rates (for
machinable parcels) and the Standard
Mail SCF rate (for irregular parcels and
Not Flat-Machinable pieces) at an SCF
designated by the USPS for destination
ZIP Codes listed in labeling list L607.
The following standards apply:
a. Standard Mail parcels, Not FlatMachinable pieces, Bound Printed
Matter machinable parcels, and Parcel
Select machinable parcels may be
included. Standard Mail parcels and
Not Flat-Machinable pieces that weigh
less than 2 ounces and Standard Mail
parcels that are tubes, rolls, triangles,
and similar pieces may not be included.
b. Mailers must prepare pieces on 3digit pallets or in 3-digit pallet boxes, or
unload and physically separate the
pieces into containers as specified by
the destination facility.
c. Parcel Select and Bound Printed
Matter parcels are eligible for the
applicable DBMC entry rate.
d. Standard Mail machinable parcels
are eligible for the BMC presort level,
DBMC rate; Not Flat-Machinable pieces
and irregular parcels are eligible for the
3-digit presort level, DSCF rate.
e. All pieces must be for delivery
within the service area of the SCF where
they are deposited by the mailer.
f. Postage on all zone-rated parcels
deposited at the SCF is computed using
the zone chart for that postal facility.
*
6.3.2
Documentation
Presort documentation is required for
each rate claimed if the manifest does
not list pieces in presort order. Separate
postage statements must be prepared for
the Standard Mail and Package Services
pieces. Within each group, combined
forms may be prepared where the
standards and the forms permit. All
postage statements must be provided at
the time of mailing.
6.3.3
Authorization
Mailers must be authorized under
6.1.5 to prepare mailings that combine
Standard Mail pieces and Package
Services parcels.
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
6.3.4
Postage Payment
Postage for all pieces must be paid
with permit imprint at the post office
serving the mailer’s plant under an
approved manifest mailing system
under 2.0.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
7.2.2 Basic Standards
Package Services parcels must meet
the following conditions:
*
*
*
*
*
[Renumber items c through h as new
items d through i. Insert new item c as
follows:]
c. Parcel Select machinable parcels
must bear a barcode under 708.5.0 for
the ZIP Code of the delivery address.
*
*
*
*
*
8.0
Preparing Pallets
*
*
8.5
General Preparation
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
8.5.3 Minimum Load
The following minimum load
standards apply to mail prepared on
pallets:
a. For Periodicals, Standard Mail, and
Package Services (except for Parcel Post
mailed at BMC Presort, OBMC Presort,
DSCF, and DDU rates):
[Revise item 1 to add an exception for
letter trays as follows:]
1. In a single mailing, the minimum
load per pallet is 250 pounds of
bundles, parcels, or sacks, except as
provided in items 2 through 4 below.
When preparing letter trays on pallets,
the minimum load is 36 linear feet or
three layers of trays, except as provided
in item 3 below.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item a3 to expand the types of
mail that can be placed on pallets with
a reduced minimum load as follows:]
3. A pallet may contain a minimum of
12 linear feet of letter trays or 100
pounds of nonletter-size mail on any
pallet that is a BMC or ASF pallet
entered at the destination BMC or ASF;
an ADC pallet entered at the destination
ADC; an SCF pallet entered at the
destination SCF; and the only pallet
entered at an individual destination
BMC or ASF, ADC, or SCF facility.
*
*
*
*
*
8.5.6 Mail on Pallets
These standards apply to mail on
pallets:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item c to delete ‘‘automation
carrier route’’ and to replace
‘‘presorted’’ with ‘‘nonautomation’’ as
follows:]
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
c. For letter-size Standard Mail and
Periodicals prepared in trays on pallets,
mailers must prepare carrier route rate
mail on separate 5-digit pallets (5-digit
carrier routes pallets) from automation
rate or nonautomation rate mail (5-digit
pallets).
*
*
*
*
*
8.6
Pallet Labels
*
*
8.6.5
*
*
*
Line 2 (Content Line)
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete the entry for ‘‘manual only’’
processing in the table in item b.]
8.10
Pallet Presort and Labeling
8.10.1 Periodicals—Bundles, Sacks, or
Trays
[Replace ‘‘AFSM–100 compatible’’
with ‘‘automation-compatible under
301.3.0’’ in 8.10.1.]
*
*
*
*
*
8.10.2 Standard Mail—Bundles,
Sacks, or Trays
[Replace ‘‘AFSM–100 compatible’’
with ‘‘automation-compatible under
301.3.0’’ in 8.10.2. Reorganize
introductory text as follows:]
Mailers must prepare pallets under
8.0 in the sequence listed below and
complete at each required level before
preparing the next optional or required
level. Unless indicated as optional, all
sort levels are required. For mailings of
sacks or trays on pallets, pallet
preparation begins with 8.10.2c. For
irregular parcels, use this preparation
only for pieces in carrier route bundles
or in sacks. Palletize unbundled or
unsacked irregular parcels under
705.8.10.6. Pallets must be labeled
according to the Line 1 and Line 2
information listed below and under 8.6.
Mailers also may palletize bundles of
Standard Mail flats under 10.0, 12.0, or
13.0.
[Delete items a and c to remove the
merged 5-digit and merged 5-digit
scheme pallet levels; renumber item b as
new item a; renumber items d through
k as new items b through i.]
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise renumbered item c to allow all
5-digit scheme bundles or sacks on 5digit pallets as follows:]
c. 5-digit, required except for trays,
permitted for bundles, sacks, and trays.
Pallet must contain only automation
rate and/or Presorted rate mail for the
same 5-digit ZIP Code or the same 5digit scheme. 5-digit scheme bundles
and sacks are assigned to 5-digit pallets
according to the ‘‘label to’’ 5-digit ZIP
Code. Labeling: * * *
*
*
*
*
*
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
8.10.3 Package Services Flats—
Bundles and Sacks
[Replace ‘‘AFSM–100 compatible’’
with ‘‘automation-compatible under
301.3.0’’ in 8.10.3.]
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete items a, c, and d to remove the
5-digit scheme, the merged 5-digit and
merged 5-digit scheme pallet levels;
renumber item b as new item a;
renumber items e through l as new items
b through i.]
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the heading and text of 8.10.5
to add Not Flat-Machinable pieces as
follows:]
8.10.5 Package Services and Standard
Mail Machinable Parcels, and Not FlatMachinable Pieces Weighing 6 Ounces
or More
Pallets must be prepared under 8.0 in
the sequence listed below and
completed at each required level before
the next optional or required level is
prepared. Unless indicated as optional,
all sort levels are required under the
conditions shown. At the mailer’s
option, Inter-BMC/ASF and Intra-BMC/
ASF Parcel Post mailings may be
prepared on pallets under this section.
Destination entry rates eligibility
applies only to Standard Mail (see 446
for parcels and NFMs that weigh 6
ounces or more), Parcel Select (see 456),
and Bound Printed Matter (see 466).
Combined mailings of Standard Mail
and Package Services machinable
parcels also must meet the standards in
6.0. Pallets must be labeled according to
the Line 1 and Line 2 information listed
below and under 8.6.
a. 5-digit scheme, required. Pallet
must contain parcels or NFMs for the
same 5-digit scheme under L606. For 5digit destinations not part of L606, or for
which scheme sorts are not performed,
5-digit pallets are prepared under
8.10.5b. Labeling:
1. Line 1: Use L606.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD MACH 5D,’’ ‘‘STD
NFM MACH 5D,’’ or ‘‘PSVC MACH 5D,’’
as applicable; followed by ‘‘SCHEME’’
(or ‘‘SCH’’).
b. 5-digit, required. Pallet must
contain parcels only for the same 5-digit
ZIP Code. Labeling:
1. Line 1: city, state, and 5-digit ZIP
Code destination (see 8.6.4c for overseas
military mail).
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD MACH 5D,’’ ‘‘STD
NFM MACH 5D,’’ or ‘‘PSVC MACH 5D,’’
as applicable.
c. ASF, optional, but required for
DBMC rates. Not available for the
Buffalo NY ASF in L602. Pallets must
contain only parcels or NFMs for the 3digit ZIP Code groups in L602. Labeling:
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
1. Line 1: Use L602.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD MACH ASF,’’ ‘‘STD
NFM MACH ASF,’’ or ‘‘PSVC MACH
ASF,’’ as applicable.
d. BMC, required. Pallets must contain
only parcels or NFMs for the 3-digit ZIP
Code groups in L601. Labeling:
1. Line 1: Use L601.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD MACH BMC,’’ ‘‘STD
NFM MACH BMC,’’ or ‘‘PSVC MACH
BMC,’’ as applicable.
e. Mixed BMC, optional. Labeling:
1. Line 1: ‘‘MXD’’ followed by
information in L601, Column B, for
BMC serving 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of
entry post office (or labeled to plant
serving entry post office if authorized by
processing and distribution manager).
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD MACH WKG,’’ ‘‘STD
NFM MACH WKG,’’ or ‘‘PSVC MACH
WKG,’’ as applicable.
[Insert new 8.10.6 as follows:]
8.10.6 Standard Mail Irregular
Parcels Weighing 2 Ounces or More
Mailers who palletize unbundled or
unsacked irregular parcels must make
pallets or pallet boxes when there are
250 pounds or more for the destination
levels below. Pallets or pallet boxes of
irregular parcels (except tubes, rolls,
and similar pieces) weighing 2 ounces
or more must be prepared under 8.0 in
the sequence listed below and
completed at each required level before
the next optional or required level is
prepared. Unless indicated as optional,
all sort levels are required. Label pallets
or pallet boxes according to the Line 1
and Line 2 information listed below and
under 8.6. Mailers may not prepare
tubes, rolls, and similar pieces or pieces
that weigh less than 2 ounces on pallets
or in pallet boxes, except for pieces in
carrier route bundles or in sacks under
8.10.2.
a. 5-digit scheme, required. Pallet or
pallet box must contain parcels only for
the same 5-digit scheme under L606.
For 5-digit destinations not part of L606
prepare 5-digit pallets under 8.10.6b.
Labeling:
1. Line 1: Use L606.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD IRREG 5D’’; followed
by ‘‘SCHEME’’ (or ‘‘SCH’’).
b. 5-digit, required. Pallet or pallet
box must contain parcels only for the
same 5-digit ZIP Code. Labeling:
1. Line 1: city, state, and 5-digit ZIP
Code destination (see 8.6.4c for overseas
military mail).
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD IRREG 5D.’’
c. 3-digit, optional, option not
available for 3-digit ZIP Code prefixes
marked ‘‘N’’ in L002. Pallet or pallet box
must contain parcels only for the same
3-digit ZIP Code. Labeling:
1. Line 1: Use L002, Column A.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD IRREG 3D.’’
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
15401
d. ADC, required. Pallet or pallet box
must contain parcels for the 3-digit ZIP
Code groups in L004. Labeling:
1. Line 1: Use L004.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD IRREG ADC.’’
e. Mixed ADC, optional. Labeling:
1. Line 1: ‘‘MXD’’ followed by city,
state, and ZIP Code information for ADC
serving 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry
post office as shown in L009, Column A.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD IRREG WKG.’’
[Insert new 8.10.7 as follows:]
8.10.7 Standard Mail Not FlatMachinable Pieces Weighing Less Than
6 Ounces
Mailers must prepare pieces on
pallets or in pallet boxes when there are
250 pounds or more of NFMs for the
destination levels below. Prepare pallets
or pallet boxes of NFM pieces weighing
less than 6 ounces under 8.0 in the
sequence listed below and completed at
each required level before the next
optional or required level is prepared.
Unless indicated as optional, all sort
levels are required. The height of a 5digit bundle must be at least 1 inch less
than the longest dimension of the
individual mailpiece. For example, a
mailpiece measuring 7 inches long, 5
inches high, and 1⁄2 inch thick must be
placed in a bundle no higher than 6
inches. Label pallets or pallet boxes
according to the Line 1 and Line 2
information listed below and under 8.6.
a. 5-digit scheme, required. Pallet or
pallet box must contain NFMs only for
the same 5-digit scheme under L606.
For 5-digit destinations not part of L606
prepare 5-digit pallets under 8.10.6b.
Labeling:
1. Line 1: Use L606.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD NFM 5D’’ followed by
‘‘SCHEME’’ (or ‘‘SCH’’).
b. 5-digit, required. Pallet or pallet
box must contain NFMs only for the
same 5-digit ZIP Code. Labeling:
1. Line 1: city, state, and 5-digit ZIP
Code destination (see 8.6.4c for overseas
military mail).
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD NFM 5D.’’
c. 3-digit, optional, option not
available for 3-digit ZIP Code prefixes
marked ‘‘N’’ in L002. Pallet or pallet box
must contain NFMs only for the same 3digit ZIP Code. Labeling:
1. Line 1: Use L002, Column A.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD NFM 3D.’’
d. ADC, required. Pallet or pallet box
must contain NFMs for the 3-digit ZIP
Code groups in L004. Labeling:
1. Line 1: Use L004.
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD NFM ADC.’’
e. Mixed ADC, optional. Labeling:
1. Line 1: ‘‘MXD’’ followed by city,
state, and ZIP Code information for ADC
serving 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry
post office as shown in L009, Column A.
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15402
*
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
‘‘STD FLT 5D SCH BC/NBC’’; for 5-digit
sacks, ‘‘STD FLT 5D BC/NBC.’’
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
8.14.2
*
*
*
Standard Mail
Additional pallet preparation:
[Revise item a as follows:]
a. Combined mailings. Nonprofit
Standard Mail may be included in the
same mailing or palletized on the same
pallet as Regular Standard Mail only as
permitted by standard. Mailers may
include machinable parcels, irregular
parcels, and Not Flat-Machinable pieces
on 5-digit pallets.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the heading of 8.22 as
follows:]
8.22 Parcel Post and Bound Printed
Matter DDU Rates
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the heading of 9.0 as follows:]
Bound Printed Matter
*
8.14 Pallets of Bundles, Sacks, and
Trays
10.0, 12.0, or 13.0. All bundles are
subject to the following conditions:
*
*
*
*
*
9.4
2. Line 2: ‘‘STD NFM WKG.’’
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the introductory text in 11.2.2
as follows:]
Pieces meeting the criteria in 301.3.0
must be prepared in 5-digit scheme
bundles for those 5-digit ZIP Codes
identified in L007 and in 3-digit scheme
bundles for those 3-digit ZIP Codes
identified in L008. Preparation
sequence, bundle size, and labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item b to require 5-digit
scheme bundles as follows:]
b. 5-digit scheme, required; * * *
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item d to require 3-digit
scheme bundles as follows:]
d. 3-digit scheme, required; * * *
*
*
*
*
*
9.4.4
*
*
*
Sack Preparation and Labeling
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme, required; scheme
sort required, only for pieces meeting
the automation-compatibility criteria in
301.3.0; minimum 20 addressed pieces;
labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
use L007, Column B. For 5-digit sacks,
use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code
destination on pieces.
2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
‘‘PSVC FLT 5D SCH BC/NBC’’; for 5digit sacks, ‘‘PSVC FLT 5D BC/NBC.’’
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise 11.0 to replace ‘‘presorted’’
with ‘‘nonautomation’’ throughout.]
9.0 Preparing Cotrayed and Cosacked
Bundles of Automation and
Nonautomation Flats
11.0 Preparing Cobundled
Automation Rate and Nonautomation
Rate Flats
*
*
11.1
9.2
Periodicals
*
*
9.2.5
*
*
*
*
*
11.1.1
*
Sack Preparation and Labeling
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme, required; scheme
sort required, only for pieces meeting
the automation-compatibility criteria in
301.3.0; 24-piece minimum, fewer
pieces not permitted; labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
use L007, Column B. For 5-digit sacks,
use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code
destination on pieces.
2. Line 2: ‘‘PER’’ or ‘‘NEWS’’ as
applicable and, for 5-digit scheme sacks,
‘‘FLT 5D SCH BC/NBC’’; for 5-digit
sacks, ‘‘FLT 5D BC/NBC.’’
*
*
*
*
*
9.3
Standard Mail
*
*
9.3.5
*
*
*
Sack Preparation and Labeling
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item a as follows:]
a. 5-digit/scheme, required; scheme
sort required, only for pieces meeting
the automation-compatibility criteria in
301.3.0; 125-piece/15-pound minimum;
labeling:
1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme sacks,
use L007, Column B. For 5-digit sacks,
use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code
destination on pieces.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
First-Class Mail
Basic Standards
Mailers may choose to cobundle (see
335.1.4m) automation rate and
nonautomation rate pieces as an option
to the basic bundling requirements in
9.0, Preparing Cotrayed and Cosacked
Bundles of Automation and
Nonautomation Flats, subject to the
following conditions:
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete item f. Renumber item g as
item f.]
11.2
11.2.1
Periodicals
Basic Standards
[Revise the introductory text in 11.2.1
to require 5-digit scheme and 3-digit
scheme sort and eliminate distinctions
between AFSM 100 and UFSM 1000
flats as follows:]
Mailers may choose to cobundle
(under 705.11.0) automation rate and
nonautomation rate flat-size pieces as an
option to the basic bundling
requirements in 707.22.0 and 707.25.0.
All flats in the same bundle must meet
the standards in either 301.3.0 or
707.25.3. 5-digit scheme and 3-digit
scheme bundles also must meet the
additional standards in 707.18.4i and
707.18.4r. Mailing jobs (for flats meeting
the criteria in 301.3.0) prepared using
the 5-digit scheme and/or the 3-digit
scheme bundle preparation must be
sacked under 10.0 or palletized under
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
11.2.2
11.3
11.3.1
Bundle Preparation
Standard Mail
Basic Standards
[Revise the introductory text in 11.3.1
to require 5-digit scheme and 3-digit
scheme sort and eliminate distinctions
between AFSM 100 and UFSM 1000
flats as follows:]
Mailers may choose to cobundle (see
345.1.4u) automation rate and
nonautomation rate flat-size pieces as an
option to the basic bundling
requirements in 345.5.0 and 345.7.0. All
flats in the same bundle must meet the
standards in 301.3.0. 5-digit scheme and
3-digit scheme bundles must meet the
additional standards in 345.1.4f and
345.1.4n. Mailing jobs prepared using
the 5-digit scheme and/or 3-digit
scheme bundle preparation (for flats
meeting the criteria in 301.3.0) must be
sacked under 10.0 or palletized under
10.0, 12.0, or 13.0. All bundles are
subject to the following conditions:
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete item g. Renumber item h as
new item g.]
11.3.2
Bundle Preparation
[Revise the introductory text in 11.3.2
as follows:]
Pieces meeting the criteria in 301.3.0
must be prepared in 5-digit scheme
bundles for those 5-digit ZIP Codes
identified in L007 and in 3-digit scheme
bundles for those 3-digit ZIP Codes
identified in L008. Preparation
sequence, bundle size, and labeling:
[Revise item a to require 5-digit
scheme bundles as follows:]
a. 5-digit scheme, required; * * *
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item c to require 3-digit
scheme bundles as follows:]
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
*
c. 3-digit scheme, required; * * *
*
*
*
*
707
Periodicals
*
*
*
*
*
3.0 Physical Characteristics and
Content Eligibility
*
*
*
3.5
Mailpiece Construction
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
3.5.2 Size and Weight
[Insert new second sentence in 3.5.2
to include the maximum weight and
thickness for Periodicals automation
flat-size pieces as follows:]
Periodicals mail may not weigh more
than 70 pounds or measure more than
108 inches in length and girth
combined. Automation flat-size pieces
may not weigh more than 6 pounds or
measure more than 11⁄4 inch thick.
Additional size and weight limitations
apply to individual Periodicals rate
categories. Requester publications must
contain at least 24 pages per issue.
*
*
*
*
*
15.0
*
Ride-Along Rate Eligibility
*
*
*
*
15.3 Physical Characteristics
The host Periodicals piece and the
Ride-Along piece must meet the
following physical characteristics:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item c as follows:]
c. A Periodicals piece with a RideAlong that claims automation rates must
meet the automation requirements in
201.3.0, Physical Standards for
Automation Letters and Cards, or 25.0,
Preparing Flat-Size Automation
Periodicals, and must maintain the same
processing category as before the
addition of the Ride-Along. For
example, if, due to the inclusion of a
Ride-Along piece, an automation lettersize host piece can no longer be
processed as an automation letter, then
that piece must be charged the
Periodicals nonautomation rate for the
host piece plus the Ride-Along rate or
the Standard Mail rate for the
attachment or enclosure.
*
*
*
*
*
22.0
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
*
Preparing Presorted Periodicals
*
*
*
*
22.2 Bundle Preparation
[Revise the introductory text of 22.2 as
follows:]
Mailings consisting entirely of pieces
meeting the criteria in 301.3.0 may be
prepared in 5-digit scheme bundles for
those 5-digit ZIP Codes identified in
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
L007 and in 3-digit scheme bundles for
those 3-digit ZIP Codes identified in
L008. Bundling is required before
traying or sacking. A bundle must be
prepared when the quantity of
addressed pieces for a required presort
level reaches the minimum bundle size.
Smaller volumes are not permitted
except mixed ADC bundles and 5-digit/
scheme and 3-digit/scheme bundles
prepared under 22.4. Bundling is also
subject to 19.0, Bundles. Preparation
sequence, bundle size, and labeling:
*
*
*
*
*
22.7 Optional Tray Preparation—FlatSize Nonautomation Pieces
[Revise the introductory text in 22.7
as follows:]
As an option, mailers may place in
flat-size trays the automationcompatible flat-size pieces prepared
under 301.3.0 that would normally be
placed in ADC, origin mixed ADC, or
mixed ADC sacks. Pieces must not be
secured in bundles. Mailers must group
together pieces for each 5-digit scheme,
5-digit, 3-digit scheme, 3-digit, and ADC
destination as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
25.0 Preparing Flat-Size Automation
Periodicals
25.1
25.1.1
Basic Standards
General
[Revise 25.1.1 as follows:]
Each piece must meet the physical
standards in 301.3.0 or in 25.3. Bundle,
sack, and tray preparation are subject to
18.0 through 21.0. Trays and sacks must
bear the appropriate barcoded container
labels under 708.6.0.
*
*
*
*
*
25.1.5
Bundle Preparation
All pieces must be prepared in
bundles and meet the following
requirements:
[Revise items a, c, and d as follows:]
a. Pieces that meet the standards in
301.3.0 must be prepared in separate
bundles from pieces that meet the
standards in 25.3.
*
*
*
*
*
c. Each bundle of pieces prepared
under 301.3.0 and each bundle of pieces
prepared under 25.3 must separately
meet the bundle minimums in 25.4.
d. Presort destination bundles may
contain fewer than six pieces when the
mailpieces are too thick or too heavy to
create a six-piece bundle. Rate eligibility
is not affected if the total number of
pieces bundled for a presort destination
meets or exceeds the minimum for rate
eligibility under 14.0.
*
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
25.1.7
15403
Sack Preparation
[Revise 25.1.7 as follows:]
Mailers may combine bundles of
pieces prepared under 301.3.0 and
bundles of pieces prepared under 25.3
in the same sack.
*
*
*
*
*
[Renumber 25.2 through 25.4 as new
25.4 through 25.6. Insert new 25.2 and
25.3 as follows:]
25.2
Physical Standards
Each flat-size piece must be
rectangular and must meet the standards
in 301.3.0 or the alternative criteria in
25.3.
25.3
25.3.1
Alternative Criteria
General
As an exception to the standards in
301.1.4 and 301.3.2, mailers may
prepare automation flat-size pieces
according to 25.3 below. Pieces
prepared under 25.3 and pieces
prepared under 301.3.0 may not be
combined in the same bundle.
Determine length and height according
to 301.1.2.
25.3.2
Weight and Size
The maximum weight for each piece
is 6 pounds. The following minimum
and maximum dimensions apply:
a. Minimum height is 5 inches.
Maximum height is 12 inches.
b. Minimum length is 6 inches.
Maximum length is 15 inches.
c. Minimum thickness is 0.009 inch.
Maximum thickness is 1.25 inches.
25.3.3 Address Placement on Folded
Pieces
Mailers must design folded pieces so
that the address is in view when the
final folded edge is to the right and any
intermediate bound or folded edge is at
the bottom of the piece. Unbound flatsize pieces must be at least doublefolded.
25.3.4
Flexibility and Deflection
Pieces prepared under 25.3 are not
required to meet the minimum
standards for flexibility in 301.1.4 or the
maximum standards for deflection in
301.3.2.4.
25.3.5
Additional Criteria
Pieces must meet the standards for
polywrap coverings in 301.3.3;
protrusions and staples in 301.3.4; tabs,
wafer seals, tape, and glue in 301.3.5;
and uniform thickness and exterior
format in 301.3.6.
*
*
*
*
*
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15404
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
25.6 Optional Tray Preparation—FlatSize Barcoded Pieces
[Revise the introductory text in
renumbered 25.6 as follows:]
As an option, mailers may place in
trays the automation-compatible flatsize pieces prepared under 301.3.0 that
would normally be placed in ADC,
origin mixed ADC, or mixed ADC sacks.
Pieces must not be secured in bundles.
Mailers must group together pieces for
each 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, 3-digit
scheme, 3-digit, and ADC destination as
follows:
*
*
*
*
*
708
Technical Specifications
1.0 Standardized Documentation for
First-Class Mail, Periodicals, Standard
Mail, and Flat-Size Bound Printed
Matter
*
*
*
*
*
1.2
Rate
1.3
Rate Level Column Headings
The actual name of the rate level (or
corresponding abbreviation) is used for
column headings required by 1.2,
Format and Content, and shown below:
a. Automation First-Class Mail,
Periodicals, and Standard Mail:
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
Abbreviation
*
*
*
*
5-Digit [Standard Mail flats] ..... 5B
3-Digit [Standard Mail flats] ..... 3B
ADC [Standard Mail flats] ....... AB
Mixed ADC [Standard Mail
MB
flats].
*
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item b to add ‘‘machinable
and nonmachinable’’ to Standard Mail
in the introductory text. Delete the ‘‘3/
5’’ entry and revise the ‘‘5-Digit,’’ ‘‘3Digit,’’ and ‘‘Basic’’ entries as follows:]
b. Presorted First-Class Mail,
nonautomation presorted Periodicals,
and machinable and nonmachinable
Standard Mail:
Format and Content
For First-Class Mail, Periodicals,
Standard Mail, and flat-size Bound
Printed Matter, standardized
documentation includes:
*
*
*
*
*
c. For mail in trays or sacks, the body
of the listing reporting these required
elements:
[Revise item c1 as follows:]
1. Tray/sack sortation level. Mailers
must note with an asterisk (‘‘*’’) all trays
containing overflow mail moved into
that tray under 235.6.6 and 245.7.5.
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item c3 as follows:]
3. The number of pieces for each 5digit ZIP Code in 5-digit/scheme
bundles or trays; for each 3-digit ZIP
Code in 3-digit/scheme bundles or trays;
for each 3-digit/scheme in (A)ADC
bundles or trays; for each (A)ADC in
mixed (A)ADC bundles or trays (or, for
Periodicals, origin mixed ADC trays).
For automation-rate mailings prepared
under the reduced overflow option, the
number of pieces in the next higher
level tray in lieu of overflow trays. For
ECR letters prepared under 245.6.0, the
number of pieces in carrier routes
within full trays. For automation and
nonautomation mail, and ECR Standard
Mail, the number of pieces in each
bundle level and presort destination.
*
*
*
*
*
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
[Delete the ‘‘Carrier Route’’ entry in
item a. Revise the ‘‘3/5’’ and ‘‘Basic’’
entries as follows:]
Rate
Abbreviation
*
*
*
5-Digit [Standard Mail letters;
Periodicals letters, flats, and
parcels].
3-Digit [Standard Mail letters;
Periodicals letters, flats, and
parcels].
ADC [letters/cards and flats] ...
Mixed ADC [letters/cards and
flats].
Mixed ADC [First-Class Mail
parcels].
*
*
*
*
*
5D
3D
Skew and Baseline Shift
*
*
*
*
[Revise heading and text of 4.5.2 as
follows:]
AD
MD
SP
*
Sortation level
*
Abbreviation
*
*
*
*
5-Digit Scheme [barcoded and 5DGS
machinable letters].
*
Dark fibers or background patterns
(for example, checks) that produce a
print contrast ratio of more than 15%
when measured in the red and green
portions of the optical spectrum are
prohibited in these locations:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item b as follows:]
b. The area of the address block or the
area of the mailpiece where the barcode
appears on a flat-size piece in an
automation rate mailing or on a FirstClass Mail parcel or a Not FlatMachinable piece.
*
1.4 Sortation Level
[Revise the ‘‘5-Digit Scheme’’ entry as
follows:]
*
4.4.4 Dark Fibers and Background
Patterns
4.5
[Delete the ‘‘Basic Automation’’ entry
in item c.]
*
locations when measured with a USPS
or USPS-licensed envelope reflectance
meter:
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise item b as follows:]
b. The area surrounding the barcode
(within 1/8 inch of the leftmost and
rightmost bars and 1/25 inch above and
below the barcode) of a card-size, lettersize, or flat-size piece barcoded in the
address block and of a flat-size, FirstClass Mail parcel, or Not-Flat
Machinable piece barcoded elsewhere.
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
[Revise the heading of 4.0 as follows:]
4.5.2 Flat-Size Pieces, First-Class Mail
Parcels, Standard Mail Irregular
Parcels, and Not Flat-Machinable
Pieces
The maximum rotational skew (slant
or tilt of the individual barcode bars) for
barcodes is ±10 degrees from a
perpendicular to the baseline of the
barcode. There is no positional skew
requirement. The individual bars of a
barcode must not shift (be vertically
offset) more than 0.015 inch from the
average baseline of the barcode. For
information on barcode placement for
flat-size pieces, see 302.4.0. For
information on barcode placement on
parcels and Not Flat-Machinable pieces
weighing less than 6 ounces, see
402.4.0.
[Revise the heading of 5.0 as follows:]
4.0 Standards for POSTNET and
Intelligent Mail Barcodes
5.0 Standards for Postal Routing
Barcodes
*
5.1
4.4
*
*
*
*
Reflectance
4.4.1 Background Reflectance
A background reflectance of at least
50% in the red portion and 45% in the
green portion of the optical spectrum
must be produced in the following
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Basic Requirements
[Revise 5.1 as follows:]
Mailers may use a postal routing
barcode on parcels and Not FlatMachinable pieces that meet the
eligibility requirements in 433.1.1 for
First-Class Mail, 443.4.4 and 443.5.5 for
Standard Mail, 453.3.1 for Parcel Post,
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15405
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
463.4.1 for Bound Printed Matter,
473.3.4 for Media Mail, or 483.3.4 for
Library Mail. Each parcel must bear a
properly prepared UCC/EAN Code 128
barcode symbology as described in 5.3
that accurately represents the correct
ZIP Code or ZIP+4 code of the delivery
address. For information on barcode
placement for parcels, see 402.4.0.
*
*
*
*
*
6.0 Barcoding Standards for
Container Labels
Exhibit 6.1.4
Numbers
6.1 Basic Standards—Tray and Sack
Labels
[Revise the content identifier numbers
as follows for First-Class Mail letters
and parcels, Standard Mail letters, and
Periodicals and Bound Printed Matter
flats. Add content identifier numbers for
Not Flat-Machinable pieces.]
6.1.1
*
Use
*
*
*
*
3-Digit Content Identifier
CIN
*
*
*
First-Class Mail
FCM Letters—Automation
[Delete codes 263, 264, and 265 for carrier route trays.]
* * *
FCM Letters—Nonautomation Machinable
[Delete code 252 for 5-digit trays.] * * *
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
FCM Parcels—Presorted
[Add 5-digit scheme sacks as follows:]
5-digit scheme sacks .............................................................
*
*
*
*
*
Periodicals (PER)
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
PER Flats—Nonautomation
[Add 5-digit scheme sacks as follows:]
5-digit scheme sacks .............................................................
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
PER Flats—Cosacked Automation and Nonautomation
[Add 5-digit scheme sacks as follows:]
5-digit scheme sacks .............................................................
*
*
*
*
*
*
NEWS Flats—Nonautomation
[Add 5-digit scheme sacks as follows:]
5-digit scheme sacks .............................................................
*
*
*
*
*
*
NEWS Flats—Cosacked Automation and Nonautomation
[Add 5-digit scheme sacks as follows:]
5-digit scheme sacks .............................................................
*
*
*
*
*
*
Standard Mail
[Delete codes 563 through 565 for automation carrier route
trays.]
*
*
*
*
*
*
STD Letters—Nonautomation Machinable
[Delete code 552 for 5-digit trays.]
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
STD Flats—Cosacked Automation and Nonautomation
[Add 5-digit scheme sacks as follows:]
5-digit scheme sacks .............................................................
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
STD Flats—Nonautomation
[Add 5-digit scheme sacks as follows:]
5-digit scheme sacks .............................................................
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
Class and Mailing
*
*
*
*
*
*
[Add Not Flat-Machinable pieces as follows:]
STD Not Flat-Machinable Pieces Less Than 6 Ounces—Nonautomation
5-digit sacks ..........................................................................
5-digit scheme sacks .............................................................
*
*
*
VerDate Aug<31>2005
*
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
*
Jkt 211001
*
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Human-readable content line
289
378
PER FLT 5D SCH NON BC.
*
321
PER FLT 5D SCH BC/NBC.
*
478
NEWS FLT 5D SCH NON BC.
*
421
521
NEWS FLT 5D SCH BC/NBC.
STD FLT 5D SCH BC/NBC.
*
578
STD FLTS 5D SCH NON BC.
*
500
500
Fmt 4701
FCM PARCELS 5D SCH.
STD NFM 5D.
STD NFM 5D SCH.
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15406
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
Class and Mailing
CIN
3-digit sacks ..........................................................................
ADC sacks .............................................................................
Mixed ADC/Mixed BMC sacks ..............................................
501
502
506
*
*
*
[Add Not Flat-Machinable pieces as follows:]
STD Not Flat-Machinable Pieces 6 Ounces or more—Nonautomation
5-digit sacks ..........................................................................
5-digit scheme sacks .............................................................
ASF sacks .............................................................................
BMC sacks ............................................................................
Mixed ADC/Mixed BMC sacks ..............................................
*
*
*
*
Presorted BPM—Flats
[Add 5-digit scheme sacks as follows:]
5-digit scheme sacks .............................................................
*
*
*
*
BPM Flats—Cosacked Barcoded and Presorted
[Add 5-digit scheme sacks as follows:]
5-digit scheme sacks .............................................................
STD NFM 3D.
STD NFM ADC.
STD NFM WKG.
*
*
Package Services
*
*
*
*
*
*
7.0 Optional Endorsement Lines
(OELs)
7.1
*
Basic Standards
*
*
Exhibit 7.1.1
*
*
OEL Formats
*
7.2.5
*
*
*
ZIP Code Information
[Revise 7.2.5 to change the reference
from 6.0 to 8.2 as follows:]
Except for carrier route bundles, the
OEL must include the ZIP Code
information (5-digit ZIP Code or 3-digit
ZIP Code prefix) determined by the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
MACH
MACH
MACH
MACH
MACH
*
648
PSV FLT 5D SCH BC/NBC.
*
*
Carrier Route Information Lines
Basic Information
[Revise 8.1 as follows:]
Mailers must prepare bundles of all
mailpieces mailed at carrier route rates
with optional endorsement lines under
7.0, carrier route information lines
under 8.2, or facing slips (see 245.2.11
for Standard Mail letters, 345.2.14 for
Standard Mail flats, 365.2.13 for Bound
Printed Matter flats, 445.2.12 for
Standard Mail parcels, 465.2.12 for
Bound Printed Matter parcels, and
707.19.16 for Periodicals). Carrier route
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
5D.
5D SCH.
ASF.
BMC.
WKG.
PSV FLT 5D SCH NON BC.
8.1
OEL Format
*
649
NFM
NFM
NFM
NFM
NFM
*
*
STD
STD
STD
STD
STD
*
*
500
500
503
505
506
8.0
[Delete the example for ‘‘Carrier
Route—Automation (First-Class Mail
and Standard Mail).’’]
*
*
*
*
*
7.2
*
sortation level and, when applicable, by
the labeling list designated in Exhibit
7.2.5 for ADC, mixed ADC, AADC, or
mixed AADC sortation levels. Carrier
route OELs must show carrier route
information as specified in 8.2.
*
*
*
*
*
OEL Use
7.1.1
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
Human-readable content line
Sfmt 4700
information lines may be on all pieces
in a mailing, regardless of presort level.
Mailers must use optional endorsement
lines or carrier route information lines
on all pieces in mailings of Standard
Mail letters prepared under 245.6.7,
except for pieces in full carrier routes
trays.
*
*
*
*
*
709 Experimental Classifications and
Rates
*
*
*
*
*
[Delete 5.0, Priority Mail Flat-Rate
Box. Renumber remaining sections 6.0
and 7.0 as new 5.0 and 6.0. The Priority
Mail Flat-Rate Box becomes a
permanent offering in 123.]
*
*
*
*
*
Neva R. Watson,
Attorney, Legislative.
BILLING CODE 7710–12–P
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15407
ER30MR07.000
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate Aug<31>2005
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
ER30MR07.001
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
15408
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15409
ER30MR07.002
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate Aug<31>2005
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
ER30MR07.003
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
15410
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15411
ER30MR07.004
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate Aug<31>2005
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
ER30MR07.005
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
15412
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15413
ER30MR07.006
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate Aug<31>2005
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
ER30MR07.007
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
15414
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15415
ER30MR07.008
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate Aug<31>2005
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
ER30MR07.009
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
15416
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15417
ER30MR07.010
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate Aug<31>2005
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
ER30MR07.011
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
15418
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15419
ER30MR07.012
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate Aug<31>2005
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
ER30MR07.013
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
15420
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15421
ER30MR07.014
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate Aug<31>2005
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
ER30MR07.015
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
15422
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15423
ER30MR07.016
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate Aug<31>2005
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
ER30MR07.017
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
15424
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15425
ER30MR07.018
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate Aug<31>2005
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
ER30MR07.019
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
15426
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15427
ER30MR07.020
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate Aug<31>2005
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
ER30MR07.021
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
15428
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15429
ER30MR07.022
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate Aug<31>2005
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
ER30MR07.023
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
15430
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15431
ER30MR07.024
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate Aug<31>2005
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00068
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
ER30MR07.025
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
15432
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00069
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15433
ER30MR07.026
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate Aug<31>2005
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00070
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
ER30MR07.027
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
15434
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00071
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15435
ER30MR07.028
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate Aug<31>2005
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00072
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
ER30MR07.029
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
15436
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00073
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15437
ER30MR07.030
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate Aug<31>2005
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00074
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
ER30MR07.031
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
15438
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00075
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15439
ER30MR07.032
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate Aug<31>2005
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00076
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
ER30MR07.033
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
15440
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00077
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
15441
ER30MR07.034
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
15442
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
[FR Doc. 07–1500 Filed 3–29–07; 8:45 am]
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:15 Mar 29, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00078
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\30MRR3.SGM
30MRR3
ER30MR07.035
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with RULES3
BILLING CODE 7710–12–C
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 72, Number 61 (Friday, March 30, 2007)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 15366-15442]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 07-1500]
[[Page 15365]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Part IV
Postal Service
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
39 CFR Part 111
New Standards for Domestic Mailing Services; Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 61 / Friday, March 30, 2007 / Rules
and Regulations
[[Page 15366]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
POSTAL SERVICE
39 CFR Part 111
New Standards for Domestic Mailing Services
AGENCY: Postal Service.
ACTION: Final rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: In this final rule the Postal Service provides new mailing
standards to support most of the pricing change recommended by the
Postal Regulatory Commission and approved by the Governors of the
United States Postal Service. We will implement most of the new prices
on May 14, 2007. We will implement new prices and mailing standards for
Periodicals mail on July 15, 2007.
Our pricing change includes a new ``forever stamp'' to make future
price changes more convenient for consumers. The forever stamp will
always equal the First-Class Mail single piece 1-ounce letter price. We
also offer new shape-based prices for First-Class Mail, with lower
rates for letter-size pieces over 1 ounce. We make the Priority Mail
flat-rate boxes a permanent product offering, and we add a new 1-pound
price for Express Mail.
For commercial mailers we offer new sorting options to reduce the
number of trays in a mailing of letter-size pieces. We also offer new
scheme preparations to give mailers access to lower rates and to better
align flat-size mail preparation with mail processing. We add a new
automated Address Change Service option to reduce the costs associated
with undeliverable-as-addressed mail. First-Class Mail parcel mailers
have new barcode options, and we provide new opportunities for mailers
to combine Standard Mail Not Flat-Machinable pieces, Standard Mail
parcels, and Package Services parcels in the same mailing.
EFFECTIVE DATE: 12:01 a.m. on May 14, 2007.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Joel Walker, 202-268-7261.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The Postal Service's request in Docket No.
R2006-1 included mail classification changes, new pricing structures,
and price changes for most domestic mailing services. This final rule
provides the revisions to Mailing Standards of the United States Postal
Service, Domestic Mail Manual (DMM) that we will adopt to implement
most of the R2006-1 pricing changes. We summarize major changes since
our February proposal by class of mail and extra service, update our
summary of the entire proposal, and update our mailing standards. We
provide all of the new prices in the ``Rates and Fees Reference'' at
the end of this notice.
You can find this final rule, as well as our earlier proposals, at
https://www.usps.com/ratecase. We also provide helpful information for
mailers, including frequently asked questions, press releases, and
Mailers Companion and MailPro articles related to the pricing change.
Background
The Postal Service Board of Governors set May 14, 2007, as the
implementation date for the new prices and related changes for all
classes of mail and extra services, with the exception of Periodicals
mail, which we will implement on July 15, 2007. The Board chose these
dates on the basis of our financial obligations, in light of
operational and administrative considerations, while also considering
the impact of the changes on mailers and consumers. We note that while
we are implementing all of the Commission's recommended rates, the
Governors are asking the Commission to reconsider three issues: the
prices for Standard Mail flats, the application of the Nonmachinable
Surcharge for First-Class Mail letters, and the price for the Priority
Mail flat-rate box. The Governors are concerned about the short-term
effect that some prices for Standard Mail Regular flats might have on
catalog mailers, and that the Commission failed to provide appropriate
cost-based incentives in these other two rate designs. The Governors
are asking the Commission to reconsider their recommendations and
respond as quickly as possible.
We are delaying implementation of our new prices for all
Periodicals mail to provide adequate time to adjust Postal Service
systems, to enable an effective and orderly transition in postal
operations, and to give postal acceptance employees and mailers more
time to prepare for the complex structure recommended by the Postal
Regulatory Commission. The Commission recommended Outside-County piece,
bundle, and container rates that vary based on machinability, presort
level, and entry. We will publish a Federal Register proposal
explaining the changes and asking for your comments. We encourage all
Periodicals mailers to review the Commission's recommendation, which
includes significant changes to the container rate structure, at http:/
/www.prc.gov (under ``Opinions and Decisions''). As we explained in our
previous Federal Register proposals, Periodicals mailers will have new
incentives to use efficient containers, and the revised copalletization
standards further encourage more publishers to combine mailings. We
also added, and the Commission recommended, new prices for the
nonadvertising portion of a mailing to give mailers of high-editorial-
content publications access to lower, destination entry rates.
Overall our new prices reflect changes in operations and the
marketplace and will enhance efficiency, offer more choices, and ensure
that all types of mail cover their costs. We include incentives to
create mailpieces compatible with our processing systems and to deposit
flats and parcels closer to where they are delivered.
Our prices recognize that each shape of mailpiece--letter, flat,
and parcel--has substantially different processing costs that need to
be covered. Our prices make clear distinctions between shapes and
recognize that shape affects processing and delivery efficiency. For
example, in First-Class Mail, a 2-ounce letter will cost $0.58; a 2-
ounce flat, $0.97; and a 2-ounce parcel, $1.30. These prices reflect
the differences in costs associated with processing and delivering each
type of mailpiece, as well as the higher value of larger pieces.
Our new price incentives provide opportunities to mitigate the
impact of price increases. For the 2-ounce example above, if the
contents of a First-Class Mail flat are folded and placed into a
letter-size envelope, the mailer would save 39 cents. If a parcel is
reconfigured as a flat, the mailer would save 33 cents.
To make future price changes more convenient, customers may
purchase ``forever stamps.'' The forever stamp will always equal the
First-Class Mail single piece 1-ounce letter price, without the
addition of extra postage. While the forever stamp is intended to be
used for single-piece 1-ounce First-Class Mail letters, we will allow
the use of forever stamps on other single-piece-rate items.
Our prices for Standard Mail letters are consistent with our past
pricing strategies. For example, this strategy sets the Enhanced
Carrier Route (ECR) basic letter rate higher than the regular 5-digit
automation letter rates and encourages automation-compatible letter
mail eligible for the ECR basic letter rate to migrate to the
automation letter rate.
To better align mail preparation with our processing capabilities
and to maximize access to lower rates for mailers, we are implementing
scheme preparation in many of our mail preparation standards. We have
made changes to our flat-size mailing standards to ensure that the
prices for
[[Page 15367]]
flats and parcels better cover their costs and that pieces eligible for
flat-size prices can be processed on our automated flat sorting
machines (AFSM 100s) and handled efficiently at delivery.
The standards for automation flats are now more closely aligned
with the processing capabilities of the AFSM 100, the preferred machine
for flats processing and the workhorse for flats distribution in
processing plants. The processing capabilities of the AFSM 100 are
vastly superior to those of the Upgraded Flats Sorting Machine (UFSM
1000). The throughput of the AFSM 100 (17,000 pieces per hour) is much
higher than the throughput of the UFSM 1000 (a mere 5,000 pieces per
hour). There are no plans to purchase new UFSM 1000s, and we are
removing them from many plants. We also believe that our new standards
for Standard Mail will be appropriate for pieces weighing up to 16
ounces when processed and delivered in the future flats sequencing
environment.
To be consistent with the processing capabilities of the AFSM 100,
the length of a flat will continue to be the longest dimension, but for
bound or folded pieces claimed at automation rates, the edge
perpendicular to the bound or folded edge may not exceed 12 inches. We
also revised the deflection test for automation-rate flats with bound
or folded edges to allow them to be tested by placing the bound or
final folded edge perpendicular to the edge of the flat surface. This
method better accommodates pieces with bound edges as the shorter
dimension.
We set a 5-inch by 6-inch minimum for automation flats because
smaller pieces cannot be efficiently processed and present handling
problems at delivery. However, these pieces may qualify for letter
rates or nonautomation flats rates, depending on mailpiece
characteristics.
Our standards further stipulate that rigid pieces do not qualify
for flat prices. Rigid pieces are not easily processed on our AFSM 100
flat-sorting equipment--often resulting in manual processing or
processing on less-efficient flats equipment--and are not generally
handled as flats by carriers at delivery. In addition, rigid pieces
cannot be processed and delivered efficiently in the future flats
sequencing environment. Our new flexibility test is a simple,
effective, and efficient way to test the flexibility of pieces
presented at our thousands of acceptance locations, to determine
whether such pieces can be processed on our AFSM 100s and handled as
flats by carriers. To alleviate concerns about postal employees
administering the test inconsistently, we will allow customers to
perform this test on their own pieces, with a postal employee observing
and validating the test. Understanding that the characteristics of
mailpieces evolve over time, we will test pieces that fall outside of
the flexibility standards as necessary and continually re-evaluate our
standards to accommodate new processing and delivery capabilities.
The flexibility test specifies that pieces must not be in boxes
because boxes and boxlike pieces do not process well on our AFSM 100
and are not handled efficiently during delivery. We clarified the
flexibility test by stating that pieces must be tested first with the
longest side parallel to the edge of the surface. If the piece can pass
this test and does not contain a rigid insert, further testing is
unnecessary. We are confident that our acceptance employees can
recognize pieces that could present a flexibility problem and will
properly administer the test but, as we noted above, we also will allow
customers to test their own pieces while we observe. We will provide
illustrations for the flexibility test as well as the test for
deflection in the DMM and other publications.
We will apply the uniform thickness standard to all flat-size mail
but will allow a \1/4\-inch variation in thickness. Our standards for
determining uniform thickness exclude the outer edges of the mailpiece
as follows:
``Flat-size mailpieces must be uniformly thick so that any bumps,
protrusions, or other irregularities do not cause more than \1/4\-inch
variance in thickness. Exclude the outside edges of a mailpiece (1 inch
from the edge) when determining variance in thickness. Mailers must
secure nonpaper contents to prevent shifting of more than 2 inches
within the mailpiece.''
The exclusion of pieces over \3/4\ inch thick from automation flats
is consistent with processing capabilities on our AFSM 100s and our
automatic inductions systems. Many pieces that are thicker than \3/4\
inch and currently qualify for Standard Mail automation flats rates are
boxes or rigid pieces. Few Standard Mail pieces that are flexible
printed material are both over \3/4\ inch and under 16 ounces, which is
the maximum weight for Standard Mail.
We do not require nonautomation flats to meet all automation
standards. Pieces that meet the general size and physical
characteristics for all flats in proposed DMM 301.1.0 but are too
flimsy, are not barcoded, or use polywrap that is not approved are
eligible for nonautomation flats rates. Small pieces (for example,
pieces 4 inches high by 4 inches long) that are over \1/4\ inch thick
also are eligible for nonautomation flats rates.\1\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ The distinctions between ``nonautomation'' and
``nonmachinable,'' as they relate to Not Flat-Machinable (NFM)
pieces, as well as the operations related to NFMs, were discussed on
the record in Docket No. R2006-1 (in the reply brief of the United
States Postal Service, Docket No. R2006-1, at 202).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
NFM pieces are rigid, parcel-like pieces and large pieces (more
than 15 inches long or more than \3/4\ inch thick) that currently
qualify for Standard Mail automation flats rates based solely on the
UFSM 1000 criteria. However, these pieces are rarely processed on the
UFSM 1000 or other flats sorting equipment, and are seldom delivered as
flats--they are usually processed either manually or in the parcel
mailstream. Therefore, the current prices of these pieces are not
adequate to cover their processing and delivery costs.\2\ The NFM
subcategory gives mailers the option to mail qualifying pieces at the
lower, NFM rates, rather than at the higher, parcel rates. The
standards allow mailers to choose on the basis of rates, preparation,
and postage payment how to mail qualifying pieces under the categories
of Standard Mail.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\2\ The cost and operational justifications supporting the NFM
subcategory were discussed on the record in Docket No. R2006-1 (in
the initial brief of the United States Postal Service, Docket No.
R2006-1, at 279, on December 21, 2006; and in the reply brief of the
United States Postal Service, Docket No. R2006-1, at 199-201, on
January 4, 2007).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Our preparation and labeling standards for NFMs will direct them to
the processing facilities that can efficiently handle them, based on
actual operations and mailflows. The preparation and destination
options for NFMs weighing 6 ounces or more mirror those of Standard
Mail machinable parcels, because they are both efficiently processed at
bulk mail centers (BMCs). The preparation and destination options for
NFMs under 6 ounces mirror those of Standard Mail irregular parcels,
which are efficiently processed at area distribution centers (ADCs).\3\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\3\ The Postal Regulatory Commission clarified the rate schedule
to ensure that pieces sorted to the BMC will pay the same rates as
pieces sorted to the ADC (in PRC Op. R2006-1, at 259, n. 183, on
February 26, 2007).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The NFM subcategory of Standard Mail was developed according to
statutory standards and procedures. The NFM category and prices were
recommended by the Postal Regulatory Commission and approved by the
Board of Governors. The standards are consistent with the Postal
Service's authority, under statute and the Domestic Mail Classification
Schedule, to align classifications and rates with mail processing and
delivery operations.
[[Page 15368]]
Mailers may still design and package their mailpieces as they do today
and pay NFM or parcel rates. We will continue to accept these pieces
for processing and delivery.
We have given mailers time to adjust their mailpiece design,
software programming, or production processes to avoid NFM or parcel
prices if they choose to make a change. From our September 2006
proposal, we have consistently encouraged mailers to redesign their
packaging to avoid rigid or box-like mailpieces, and we have consulted
with many mailers who intended to design pieces that could be mailable
at flats prices. We realize that not every piece can be redesigned as
an automation flat, but many mailers do have repackaging options and
have modified their mailpieces to meet the standards for automation
flats. We further note that we have openly and often communicated our
intention to move parcel-like pieces out of the automation flats
category in this pricing change, as well as in earlier rate testimony,
because we handle these pieces as parcels in processing and delivery
and incur the costs associated with parcels.\4\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\4\ The ongoing dialogue between the Postal Service and mailers
regarding this issue was discussed on the record in Docket No.
R2006-1 (in the rebuttal testimony of Marc D. McCrery (USPS-RT-14),
Docket No. R2006-1, at 8-11, on November 20, 2006).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We also have been working closely with presort software vendors to
ensure presort software will be available for the May 14, 2007,
implementation. To ensure our employees and our customers are prepared,
we initiated training and communication programs nationwide. We will
separately provide training for customers across the country at local
postal and mailer facilities and at local Postal Customer Council
events. We will publish updated manuals and other mailing tools for
customers on our Postal Explorer Web site at pe.usps.com.
We published our policy for plant-verified drop shipment (PVDS)
mail in the DMM Advisory on February 1. The procedures are the same as
those we used in the past. PVDS mailings verified and paid for before
the implementation date, using the current rates, will be accepted at
destination entry postal facilities up to 15 days after May 14, when
presented with appropriate verification and payment documentation. PVDS
mailings may be verified and paid for beginning 30 days prior to May
14, using the new rates, provided the shipments are not deposited at
destination entry postal facilities until May 14, or later, when
presented with appropriate verification and payment documentation. We
will follow our established procedures for other mailing exceptions, as
we have in past rate cases.
In response to mailers' requests, we will publish decision trees,
diagrams, and other supporting material to clarify physical standards
and other mailing criteria. We agree that illustrations and diagrams
add clarity to written standards, and we are developing supporting
material for use in the DMM Advisory, the Quick Service Guides, and the
DMM. We are also updating the business postage rate calculator on
Postal Explorer (pe.usps.com) with new graphics and navigation features
to make it even easier to use.
Changes Since the February Proposal
First-Class Mail Changes
The rate for machinable First-Class Mail letters that weigh 1 ounce
or less is $0.41 and the card rate is $0.26. The cost for each
additional ounce decreases to $0.17 for First-Class Mail single-piece
and presorted letters, flats, and parcels. The additional-ounce rate
for automation First-Class Mail letters is $0.125 and the additional-
ounce rate for automation First-Class Mail flats is $0.17.
Letter-size First-Class Mail pieces weighing 1 ounce or less that
have any of the nonmachinable characteristics in DMM 201.2.1 are
subject to a $0.17 nonmachinable surcharge. Nonmachinable letters over
1 ounce are charged the First-Class Mail letter rates based on weight.
We retained the 3.3-ounce (0.2063-pound) maximum weight for Presorted
First-Class Mail machinable letters to be consistent with Standard
Mail. Pieces over 3.3 ounces must be prepared as nonmachinable letters.
Standard Mail Changes
We revised DMM 243.5.4 to clarify that there is no 3-digit scheme
sort for origin/entry 3-digit trays for Standard Mail machinable
letters. To be consistent with the Postal Regulatory Commissions'
recommended decision, we revised DMM 246.5.2 to clarify that letter-
size mailpieces, regardless of the rate paid, are not eligible for a
destination delivery unit rate. We also clarify that rigid letter-size
pieces up to 3.3 ounces may be mailed at the nonmachinable letter
rates.
The Postal Regulatory Commission also recommended we set enhanced
carrier route (ECR) basic letter rates lower than ECR basic flats rates
and require all ECR letters not meeting automation requirements to be
charged the ECR flats rates. Therefore, we revised DMM 243.6.1.2 and
243.6.3 to require ECRLOT letters paid for at the ECR basic letter rate
to meet address matching and coding standards and to be delivery-point
barcoded and automation-compatible. We also revised DMM 243.6.1.3 to
allow letters paid for at ECR basic letter rates to weigh up to 3.5
ounces, consistent with our standards for pieces paid for at high-
density and saturation letter rates.
For flat-size mail, we revised DMM 301.1.5, Uniform Thickness, to
clarify that nonpaper contents smaller than the mailing container must
not shift more than 2 inches. We did not intend the standard to apply
to inserts such as paper envelopes and other thin paper inserts.
Several mailers asked us to lower the minimum weight for certain
types of machinable parcels, and we planned to revise these standards
in a separate rulemaking. However, due to the substantially lower rates
recommended by the PRC for machinable parcels at the 5-digit level, we
decided to revise the standards as part of this final rule. Our new
standards allow certain size pieces weighing at least 3.5 ounces to be
mailed as machinable parcels. Based on extensive testing of these types
of pieces and several years of processing and handling them, we are
confident that we can process and deliver them as efficiently as we do
similar parcels 6 ounces and over. This change allows mailers to
prepare a wider range of machinable parcels separately or together with
other machinable parcels.
Periodicals Changes
We clarified the definition of ``length'' and ``height'' for
automation flats by consolidating the definitions for all flat-size
mail into revised DMM 301.1.2. We clarified the alternative criteria
for Periodicals automation flats in 707.25.3 to specify that the
flexibility and deflection tests in 301.1.4 and 301.3.2.4 do not apply
to these pieces, and that the standards for uniform thickness and
exterior format in 301.3.6 do apply.
As we stated above, we will delay implementation of the new prices
for Periodicals mail. We will publish a Federal Register proposal
explaining the standards, and we will invite your comments on all
aspects of the Periodicals proposal.
Priority Mail Changes
The USPS-produced flat-rate envelope is charged the 1-pound price,
$9.15 under the Commission's recommended decision, regardless of weight
or destination. The Postal Service originally proposed a lower rate,
and the
[[Page 15369]]
Board of Governors is asking the Commission to reconsider the $9.15
price.
Other Changes
As a result of the recommended decision, we will not make changes
to the pricing structure for Confirm. We will continue to offer Silver
and Gold subscriptions as well as Platinum subscriptions with unlimited
scans. New fees apply to new subscriptions or for renewal of existing
subscriptions after May 14, 2007.
We revised DMM 609 with additional information about the indemnity
claims process.
Summary by Class of Mail
Summary of First-Class Mail
Our new prices are based on the shape of mail and differences in
the relative costs, with separate prices for letters, flats, and
parcels. As shape becomes a more important price element, weight
becomes less important, and we reduce prices for letter-size pieces
over 1 ounce and flat-size pieces over 7 ounces.
The single-piece 1-ounce First-Class Mail letter price increases
$0.02, to $0.41, and the single-piece card price also increases $0.02,
to $0.26. The additional-ounce price decreases $0.07 to $0.17.
Our new forever stamp makes future price changes more convenient
for consumers. The postage value of the forever stamp equals the First-
Class Mail single-piece 1-ounce letter rate at any time in the future,
without the addition of extra postage. Initially we will sell the
forever stamp at the new 41-cent rate.
The nonmachinable surcharge increases to $0.17 and applies to 1-
ounce letter-size mailpieces with any of the nonmachinable
characteristics. Nonmachinable letters over 1 ounce are charged the
letter rates, based on weight. The maximum weight for letters is 3.5
ounces.
The additional-ounce price for automation letters decreases from
$0.237 to $0.125. We maintain the 150-piece minimum for automation
First-Class Mail letters and cards. Sort levels are 5-digit/scheme, 3-
digit/scheme, 3-digit origin, AADC, and mixed AADC. We offer simplified
letter mail preparation for machinable letters, requiring mailers to
sort only to the origin 3-digit, AADC, and mixed AADC levels. We
eliminate the automation carrier route preparation and rates.
To help reduce the number of ``air trays'' (partially filled trays)
and the overall costs of handling mail in letter trays, we offer a
reduced--overflow tray option for automation letters. In addition, to
encourage more full trays, we change our definition of a ``full letter
tray'' to one in which the pieces fill the length of the tray between
85 percent and 100 percent.
To ensure automated processing of flat-size mail, we require all
flats to be rectangular. The physical standards for automation flats
are the criteria for AFSM 100 pieces, with new standards for
flexibility. We also lessen and simplify the deflection standard.
The structure for presorted parcels includes new workshare prices.
The rate levels are 5-digit, 3-digit, ADC, and single piece. To
simplify the preparation of First-Class Mail parcels, we make the
preparation of 5-digit/scheme sacks optional. We require at least 10
pounds of parcels for 5-digit/scheme sacks, 3-digit sacks, and ADC
sacks. Remaining pieces sorted to mixed ADC sacks are charged the
single-piece First-Class Mail parcel prices.
Barcodes facilitate processing on the Automated Package Processing
System (APPS), and we give mailers the option of applying either a 5-
digit UCC/EAN Code 128 or a POSTNET barcode on presorted parcels.
Unless prepared in 5-digit/scheme containers or paid for at the single-
piece rates, a $0.05 surcharge applies to all parcels that are not
barcoded, or that weigh less than 2 ounces, and to irregularly shaped
parcels such as triangles, tubes, rolls, and similar pieces.
Summary of Standard Mail
Our prices encourage mail that is compatible with our operations
and drop shipped closer to its destination. As in First-Class Mail,
Standard Mail pricing has greater recognition of shape and reduced
reliance on weight.
Letters
Automation letter sort levels are 5-digit/scheme, 3-digit/scheme,
AADC, and mixed AADC. Mailers also have the option to prepare 3-digit/
scheme origin/entry trays for automation letters. We offer a simplified
preparation and require mailers of machinable letters to sort only to
the AADC and mixed AADC levels, with optional sorting to 3-digit
origin/entry trays.
ECR letters up to 3 ounces that are barcoded and automation-
compatible are sorted in full trays according to new preparation
standards. Mailers sort and bundle ECR letters that are not barcoded or
not automation-compatible, or that are over 3 ounces, according to
current preparation standards. Mailers sort and bundle mailings that
contain pieces both over and under 3 ounces according to current
preparation standards.
We replace the nonmachinable surcharge with a separate rate
structure for nonmachinable letters up to 3.3 ounces. Nonmachinable
letter sort levels are 5-digit, 3-digit, ADC, and mixed ADC, for which
there are separate rates. Mailers have the option to prepare 3-digit
origin/entry trays. Nonmachinable letters over 3.3 ounces are charged
the Not Flat-Machinable (NFM) rates or, if barcoded and meeting other
requirements, an automation flat-size rate.
Destination delivery unit (DDU) entry rates are not available for
ECR letter-size pieces, and mailers cannot pay ECR flat-size rates and
claim the DDU discount for automation-compatible letters drop shipped
to DDUs. Destination sectional center facility (DSCF) entry rates are
allowed for DDU entry of some ECR letters, including letters with
simplified addresses and locally entered mailings of 2,500 pieces or
less. We eliminate ECR automation basic rates. ECRLOT letters paid for
at the basic letter rate must meet address matching and coding
standards and must be delivery-point barcoded and automation-
compatible.
To help reduce the costs of handling mail in letter trays, we offer
a reduced--overflow tray option for automation letters. In addition, to
encourage fuller trays, we change our definition of a ``full letter
tray'' to one in which the pieces fill the length of the tray between
85 percent and 100 percent.
Flats
The physical standards for automation flats retain most of the
criteria for AFSM 100 pieces, with new standards for flexibility that
exclude boxes and box-like pieces. We added a rectangular requirement
and a uniform thickness standard for all flats. The new uniform
thickness standard allows up to a \1/4\-inch variation in thickness.
These changes ensure that pieces paid for at automation flats rates can
be processed in automated operations and delivered as flats. We also
lessen the deflection standard and allow bound or folded pieces to be
tested differently than enveloped pieces.
We increase the maximum size for carrier route flats so that the
same maximum size applies to all flats, regardless of the rate paid.
Not Flat-Machinable Pieces
Our prices include a new Not Flat-Machinable (NFM) subcategory for
rigid flat-size pieces and for large pieces that are currently
automation-compatible only by meeting UFSM 1000 standards. This
subcategory provides mailers a
[[Page 15370]]
lower-than-parcel rate option for pieces that do not meet the new
standards for flats. We do not allow bundling for most NFMs, and
mailers may prepare pieces in 5-digit/scheme, 3-digit, ADC/BMC, and
mixed ADC/BMC containers. We allow 5-digit bundles of five or more NFMs
when the mail is prepared on pallets. We offer a DDU entry rate for
NFMs sorted to 5-digit destinations when drop shipped directly to the
DDU. There is no minimum for NFMs drop shipped to DDUs. Unless prepared
in 5-digit/scheme containers, a $0.05 surcharge applies to all NFMs
that are not barcoded.
Parcels
We eliminate the residual shape surcharge for Standard Mail
parcels. We no longer offer a $0.03 machinable barcode discount.
Instead, parcel prices include a requirement for barcodes. Unless
prepared in 5-digit/scheme containers, a $0.05 surcharge applies to all
parcels that are not barcoded.
We remove the bundling requirement for all Standard Mail irregular
parcels except ECR parcels. We reduce the required minimum quantity of
irregular parcels in sacks to 10 pounds per sack. We allow mailers the
option of using POSTNET barcodes or parcel barcodes on Standard Mail
irregular parcels.
We encourage mailers to commingle machinable parcels, irregular
parcels, and NFMs when they are able to combine them in 5-digit/scheme
containers. We allow mailers to combine NFMs under 6 ounces with
irregular parcels in 3-digit, ADC, and mixed ADC containers. We also
allow mailers to combine NFMs weighing 6 ounces or more with machinable
parcels in BMC/ASF and mixed BMC containers. We allow mailers to
combine Standard Mail parcels, NFMs, machinable Parcel Select, and
Bound Printed Matter parcels when prepared in 3-digit containers to
certain ZIP Codes and entered at designated SCFs.
Our new standards in 401.1.0 allow certain size pieces weighing at
least 3.5 ounces to be mailed as machinable parcels. This change allows
mailers to prepare a wider range of machinable parcels separately or
together with other machinable parcels.
We offer a DDU entry rate for parcels sorted to 5-digit/scheme
destinations when drop shipped directly to the DDU. There is no minimum
for the amount of parcels drop shipped to a DDU.
Customized MarketMail
Rates for Customized MarketMail equal the 5-digit nonentry rate for
Not Flat-Machinable pieces, and mailers are still required to drop ship
Customized MarketMail pieces to DDUs.
Detached Address Labels
Our prices include a new $0.015 charge for detached address labels
with ECR pieces. Mailers who prepare mail with addresses on their
mailpieces could avoid the new charge.
Pallets
We reduce certain destination pallet minimums to 100 pounds of
bundles or sacks of nonletter mail or 12 linear feet of trays on
pallets.
Summary of Periodicals
As we stated above, we will delay implementation of our new prices
for Periodicals mail. We will publish a separate Federal Register
proposal explaining the standards for Periodicals mail resulting from
the Postal Regulatory Commission's recommended decision, and asking for
your comments.
To encourage fuller letter trays, we change our definition of a
``full letter tray'' to one in which the pieces fill the length of the
tray between 85 percent and 100 percent. We reduce certain destination
pallet minimums to 100 pounds of bundles or sacks of nonletter mail or
12 linear feet of trays on pallets.
Summary of Package Services
Package Services includes Parcel Post, Bound Printed Matter, Media
Mail, and Library Mail. Our standards simplify Package Services
offerings and encourage more efficient handling of parcels.
Parcel Post
Currently, we charge parcels weighing less than 15 pounds and
measuring more than 84 inches in combined length and girth the 15-pound
rates (``balloon rate''). Under the new standards, we charge parcels
weighing less than 20 pounds and measuring more than 84 inches in
combined length and girth the 20-pound rates.
We incorporate the current $0.03 barcode discount available for
machinable Parcel Select destination bulk mail center (DBMC) entry mail
into the price, and we require a barcode. Nonbarcoded machinable pieces
are charged the applicable Intra-BMC/ASF rate.
We do not change the mail preparation standards for Parcel Select.
Bound Printed Matter
We rename single-piece Bound Printed Matter ``nonpresorted'' Bound
Printed Matter, and we eliminate it as a retail option. Customers can
still use PC Postage or apply meter postage or adhesive stamps to
nonpresorted BPM and deposit these pieces in a collection box, at the
retail counter, or with their letter carrier. For flat-size pieces, we
increase the $0.08 discount from the parcel price to $0.16. We do not
change the $0.03 per piece POSTNET barcode discount for flat-size mail
and the $0.03 per piece parcel barcode discount for machinable parcels.
To reduce sacks, we require 5-digit/scheme and 3-digit/scheme
bundles and 5-digit/scheme sacks for presorted flat-size Bound Printed
Matter. We require 5-digit/scheme sacks for machinable and irregular
parcels.
Media Mail and Library Mail
To reduce sacks, we require 5-digit/scheme and 3-digit/scheme
bundles and 5-digit/scheme sacks for presorted flat-size Media Mail and
Library Mail. We require 5-digit/scheme sacks for machinable and
irregular parcels.
Pallets
We reduce certain destination pallet minimums to 100 pounds of
bundles or sacks of nonletter mail.
Summary of Priority Mail
We continue to offer convenience in Priority Mail. The USPS-
produced flat-rate envelope is still charged the 1-pound price,
regardless of weight or destination. USPS-produced flat-rate boxes will
become a permanent offering. Prices for all Priority Mail pieces
weighing over 23 pounds decrease for all zones, many by as much as 20
percent.
Previously, we charged the 15-pound rates (``balloon rate'') for
Priority Mail pieces weighing less than 15 pounds and measuring more
than 84 inches in combined length and girth. Under the new standards,
we charge the 20-pound rates (the new ``balloon rate'') for Priority
Mail pieces weighing less than 20 pounds and measuring more than 84
inches in combined length and girth. We apply the new balloon rate only
to pieces addressed for local delivery or to zones 1-4.
Priority Mail pieces that exceed 1 cubic foot and are addressed to
zones 5-8 are subject to a new dimensional-weight price under 123.1.4.
We rate postage for these pieces at the greater of their actual weight
or their dimensional weight. In general, if a piece is relatively light
for its size, it may be subject to a dimensional-weight price. We
calculate dimensional weight using one of two formulas, one for
rectangular and one for nonrectangular pieces.
USPS-supplied containers containing mailings of other classes of
mail under Priority Mail Open and Distribute are
[[Page 15371]]
not subject to dimensional weight pricing.
Summary of Express Mail
Express Mail pieces often contain material that ranges from a half-
pound to 2 pounds. Previously, these pieces paid the 2-pound price. To
keep Express Mail a viable alternative for mailers, we add a new 1-
pound price. The flat-rate envelope continues to be charged the half-
pound price, regardless of weight.
Summary of Extra Services
Our proposal keeps insured mail reliable, easy, and affordable. All
insured pieces will have a barcoded label and receive a delivery scan.
We will not require a signature at delivery for insured items with an
indemnity of $200 or less. We also update the standards for filing an
indemnity claim.
We provide new prices for Bulk Parcel Return Service, Business
Reply Mail, Certificate of Mailing, Certified Mail, Collect on
Delivery, Delivery Confirmation, Bulk Insurance, Express Mail
Insurance, Merchandise Return Service, Money Orders, Parcel Airlift,
Parcel Return Service, Registered Mail, Restricted Delivery, Return
Receipt, Return Receipt for Merchandise, Signature Confirmation, and
Special Handling.
Summary of Other Services
Our new standards seek to modernize our services, improve address
quality, and reduce undeliverable-as-addressed mail.
We decrease the price for Address Change Service electronic option
for First-Class Mail from $0.21 to $0.06. We increase the price for all
other classes of mail from $0.21 to $0.25. We decrease the price for
manual Address Correction Service for all classes of mail from $0.75 to
$0.50. For manual notifications received by electronic and automated
ACS customers, we decrease the prices to match electronic notification
prices, $0.06 for First-Class Mail and $0.25 for other classes.
A new automated option for Address Change Service for First-Class
Mail letters provides the first two notices at no charge, and
additional notices for $0.05 each. For Standard Mail letters, the first
two notices are $0.02 each, and additional notices are $0.15 each. This
new option requires mailers to use the Intelligent Mail barcode.
The Postal Regulatory Commission recommended that we implement a
new service to charge for the actual number of Standard Mail pieces
forwarded and returned. This service would use electronic data to give
mailers an alternative to the current process that charges a weighted
rate for the returned pieces only (the weighted rate is intended to
cover the postage for the forwarded pieces also). The new service would
be available for Address Change Service pieces using the electronic
option, or the new automated option using the Intelligent Mail barcode.
This service will be available to customers through an approval process
that ensures individual customer and postal systems can adapt to the
new payment system.
We no longer offer on-site meter services. We eliminate the fees
associated with on-site meter service, meter resetting, examination,
and checking meters in and out of service.
Individual post office box holders at different locations may
experience varying price changes as we continue to align prices with
our costs for each location. Our new prices also realign the Caller
Service fees based on location.
We provide new prices for Address Sequencing Service, Confirm,
Mailing List Service, Permit Imprint, Pickup on Demand service, Premium
Forwarding Service, Shipper Paid Forwarding, Stamped Cards, Stamped
Envelopes, and all annual and quarterly mailing fees.
We provide the updated DMM standards, and how they are applied for
each type of mail, below.
We adopt the following amendments to Mailing Standards of the
United States Postal Service, Domestic Mail Manual (DMM), incorporated
by reference in the Code of Federal Regulations. See 39 CFR 111.1.
List of Subjects in 39 CFR Part 111
Administrative practice and procedure, Postal Service.
0
Accordingly, 39 CFR Part 111 is amended as follows:
PART 111--[AMENDED]
0
1. The authority citation for 39 CFR part 111 continues to read as
follows:
Authority: 5 U.S.C. 552(a); 39 U.S.C. 101, 401, 403, 404, 414,
3001-3011, 3201-3219, 3403-3406, 3621, 3626, 5001.
0
2. Revise the following sections of Mailing Standards of the United
States Postal Service, Domestic Mail Manual (DMM), as follows:
100 Retail Mail: Letters, Cards, Flats, and Parcels
101 Physical Standards
1.0 Physical Standards for Letters
1.1 Dimensional Standards for Letters
Letter-size mail is:
* * * * *
[Renumber item c as item d. Insert new item c as follows:]
c. Not more than 3.5 ounces.
* * * * *
1.2 Nonmachinable Criteria
A letter-size piece is nonmachinable (see 6.4) if it has one or
more of the following characteristics (see 601.1.4 to determine the
length, height, top, and bottom of a mailpiece):
[Renumber items a through i as items b through j. Insert new item a
as follows:]
a. Is over 3.5 ounces.
* * * * *
2.0 Physical Standards for Flats
2.1 General Definition
Flat-size mail is:
* * * * *
[Renumber item c as new item f. Insert new items c through e as
follows:]
c. Flexible (see 2.2).
d. Rectangular.
e. Uniformly thick (see 2.3).
* * * * *
[Insert new 2.2 through 2.4 as follows:]
2.2 Minimum Flexibility Criteria for Flat-Size Pieces
Flat-size pieces must be flexible. Boxes and box-like pieces--with
or without hinges, gaps, or breaks that allow the piece to bend--are
not flats. Tight envelopes that are completely filled to form box-like
pieces are not flats. Test flats as follows:
a. All flats:
1. Place the piece with the length parallel to the edge of a flat
surface and extend the piece halfway off the surface.
2. Press down on the piece at a point 1 inch from the outer edge,
in the center of the piece's length, exerting steady pressure.
3. The piece is not flexible if it cannot bend at least 1 inch
vertically without being damaged.
4. The piece is flexible if it can bend at least 1 inch vertically
without being damaged and it does not contain a rigid insert. No
further testing is necessary.
5. Test the piece according to 2.2b or 2.2c below if it can bend at
least 1 inch vertically without being damaged and it contains a rigid
insert.
b. Flats 10 inches or longer that pass the test in 2.2a and contain
a rigid insert:
1. Place the piece with the length perpendicular to the edge of a
flat surface and extend the piece 5 inches off the surface.
2. Press down on the piece at a point 1 inch from the outer edge,
in the center of the piece's width, exerting steady pressure.
[[Page 15372]]
3. Turn the piece around and repeat steps 1 and 2. The piece is
flexible if both ends can bend at least 2 inches vertically without
being damaged.
c. Flats less than 10 inches long that pass the test in 2.2a and
contain a rigid insert:
1. Place the piece with the length perpendicular to the edge of a
flat surface and extend the piece one-half of its length off the
surface.
2. Press down on the piece at a point 1 inch from the outer edge,
in the center of the piece's width, exerting steady pressure.
3. Turn the piece around and repeat steps 1 and 2. The piece is
flexible if both ends can bend at least 1 inch vertically without being
damaged.
2.3 Uniform Thickness
Flat-size mailpieces must be uniformly thick so that any bumps,
protrusions, or other irregularities do not cause more than \1/4\-inch
variance in thickness. Exclude the outside edges of a mailpiece (1 inch
from the edge) when determining variance in thickness. Mailers must
secure nonpaper contents to prevent shifting of more than 2 inches
within the mailpiece.
2.4 Flat-Size Pieces Not Eligible for Flat-Size Rates
Mailpieces that do not meet the standards in 2.1 through 2.3 are
not eligible for flat-size rates and must be paid for at the applicable
parcel rates.
* * * * *
5.0 Additional Physical Standards for Priority Mail
* * * * *
5.2 Two or More Packages
[Revise 5.2 as follows:]
With the exception of USPS-produced Priority Mail flat-rate
envelopes or boxes, two or more packages may be mailed as a single
parcel if they are about the same size or shape, are securely wrapped
or fastened together, and do not exceed the weight or size limits.
* * * * *
6.0 Additional Physical Standards for First-Class Mail
* * * * *
6.4 Nonmachinable Pieces
6.4.1 Nonmachinable Letters
[Revise 6.4.1 as follows:]
Letter-size pieces (except card-rate pieces) that weigh 1 ounce or
less and meet one or more of the nonmachinable characteristics in 1.2
are subject to the nonmachinable surcharge (see 133.1.11).
Nonmachinable letters over 1 ounce are charged the First-Class Mail
letter rate based on weight.
[Revise heading and text of 6.4.2 as follows:]
6.4.2 Nonmachinable Flats
Flat-size pieces that do not meet the standards in 2.0 are subject
to the applicable postage for a parcel-size piece, based on weight.
* * * * *
[Delete 8.0, Additional Physical Standards for Bound Printed
Matter. Renumber 9.0 and 10.0 as new 8.0 and 9.0.]
* * * * *
102 Elements on the Face of a Mailpiece
* * * * *
3.0 Placement and Content of Mail Markings
* * * * *
[Revise heading of 3.3 as follows:]
3.3 Mail Markings
[Revise first sentence of 3.3 as follows:]
Mailers must print the basic required Package Services subclass
marking--``Parcel Post'' or ``PP,'' ``Media Mail,'' or ``Library
Mail''--on each piece claimed at the respective rate.* * *
* * * * *
110 Retail Mail: Express Mail
113 Rates and Eligibility
1.0 Express Mail Rates and Fees
* * * * *
1.2 Express Mail Rate Application
[Revise 1.2 as follows:]
Except under 1.4, Flat-Rate Envelope, Express Mail items are
charged the 0.5-pound rate for items up to 0.5 pound. Items over 0.5
pound are rounded up to the next whole pound. For example, if a piece
weighs 0.25 pound, the weight (postage) increment is 0.5 pound; if a
piece weighs 0.75 pound, the weight (postage) increment is 1 pound; if
a piece weighs 1.2 pounds, the weight (postage) increment is 2 pounds.
* * * * *
120 Retail Mail: Priority Mail
123 Rates and Eligibility
1.0 Priority Mail Rates and Fees
* * * * *
1.2 Priority Mail Rate Application
[Revise 1.2 as follows:]
Except under 1.3, 1.4, and 1.5, Priority Mail rates are charged per
pound; any fraction of a pound is rounded up to the next whole pound.
For example, if a piece weighs 1.2 pounds, the weight (postage)
increment is 2 pounds. The minimum postage amount per addressed piece
is the 1-pound rate. The Priority Mail rate up to 1 pound is based on
weight only; rates for pieces weighing more than 1 pound are based on
weight and zone. Other charges may apply. See Exhibit 1.3, Priority
Mail Rates.
[Revise the heading and text of 1.3 as follows:]
1.3 Minimum Rate for Parcels to Zones 1-4
Parcels addressed for delivery to Zones 1-4 (including Local) that
weigh less than 20 pounds but measure more than 84 inches (but not more
than 108 inches) in combined length and girth are charged the
applicable zone rate for a 20-pound parcel (balloon rate).
[Delete 1.6 and 1.7; renumber 1.4 and 1.5 as new 1.6 and 1.7.
Insert new 1.4 and 1.5 as follows:]
1.4 Dimensional Weight Rate for Low-Density Parcels to Zones 5-8
Postage for parcels addressed for delivery to Zones 5-8 and
exceeding 1 cubic foot (1,728 cubic inches) is based on the actual
weight or the dimensional weight (as calculated in 1.4.1 or 1.4.2),
whichever is greater.
1.4.1 Determining Dimensional Weight for Rectangular Parcels
Follow these steps to determine the dimensional weight for a
rectangular parcel:
a. Measure the length, width, and height in inches. Round off (see
604.7.0) each measurement to the nearest whole inch.
b. Multiply the length by the width by the height.
c. If the result exceeds 1,728 cubic inches, divide the result by
194 and round up (see 604.7.0) to the next whole number to determine
the dimensional weight in pounds.
1.4.2 Determining Dimensional Weight for Nonrectangular Parcels
Follow these steps to determine the dimensional weight for a
nonrectangular parcel:
a. Measure the length, width, and height in inches at their extreme
dimensions. Round off (see 604.7.0) each measurement to the nearest
whole inch.
b. Multiply the length by the width by the height.
c. Multiply the result by an adjustment factor of 0.785.
d. If the final result exceeds 1,728 cubic inches, divide the
result by 194
[[Page 15373]]
and round up (see 604.7.0) to the next whole number to determine the
dimensional weight in pounds.
e. If the dimensional weight exceeds 70 pounds, the parcel pays the
70-pound rate.
1.5 Flat-Rate Boxes and Envelopes
Any amount of material may be mailed in a USPS-produced Priority
Mail flat-rate box or flat-rate envelope. When sealing a flat-rate box
or flat-rate envelope, the container flaps must be able to close within
the normal folds. Tape may be applied to the flaps and seams to
reinforce the container, provided the design of the container is not
enlarged by opening the sides and the container is not reconstructed in
any way.
1.5.1 Flat-Rate Boxes--Rate and Eligibility
Each USPS-produced Priority Mail flat-rate box is charged $9.15,
regardless of the actual weight of the piece or its destination. Only
USPS-produced flat-rate boxes are eligible for the flat-rate box rate.
1.5.2 Flat-Rate Envelopes--Rate and Eligibility
Each USPS-produced Priority Mail flat-rate envelope is charged
$4.60, regardless of the actual weight of the piece or its destination.
Only USPS-produced flat-rate envelopes are eligible for the flat-rate
envelope rate.
* * * * *
130 Retail Mail: First-Class Mail
133 Rates and Eligibility
1.0 First-Class Mail Rates and Fees
1.1 First-Class Mail Single-Piece Rate Application
The single-piece rates for First-Class Mail are applied as follows:
* * * * *
[Revise the weight limit in item b as follows:]
b. The letter rate applies to letter-size pieces that meet the
standards in 101.1.1 and weigh 3.5 ounces or less, and that are not
eligible for and claimed at the card rate.
[Insert new items c and d as follows:]
c. The flat rate applies to flat-size pieces that meet the
standards in 101.2.1.
d. The parcel rate applies to parcel-size pieces under 101.3.0 and
to flat-size pieces that do not meet the standards in 101.2.0.
* * * * *
[Renumber 1.7, Rates for Keys and Identification Devices, as new
1.9. Restructure the rate tables in 1.5 and 1.6 into new 1.5 through
1.7 for separate letter, flat, and parcel rates.]
1.8 Keys and Identification Devices
[Revise 1.8 to remove references to the nonmachinable surcharge in
the first three sentences as follows:]
Keys and identification devices (such as identification cards and
uncovered identification tags) that weigh 13 ounces or less are
returned at the applicable single-piece First-Class Mail parcel rate
plus the fee. Keys and identification devices that weigh more than 13
ounces but not more than 1 pound are returned at the 1-pound Priority
Mail rate plus the fee. Keys and identification devices weighing more
than 1 pound but not more than 2 pounds are mailed at the 2-pound
Priority Mail rate for zone 4 plus the fee. * * *
* * * * *
[Renumber 1.9 through 1.11 as new 1.10 through 1.12.]
1.11 Applicability of Nonmachinable Surcharge
[Revise renumbered 1.11 as follows:]
The nonmachinable surcharge applies to letter-size pieces that
weigh 1 ounce or less and meet one or more of the nonmachinable
characteristics in 101.1.2. Pieces mailed at the card rate are not
subject to the nonmachinable surcharge.
* * * * *
2.0 Basic Eligibility Standards for First-Class Mail
2.1 Description of Service
* * * * *
2.1.2 Rate Options
[Revise 2.1.2 to add shape-based reference as follows:]
First-Class Mail offers shape-based single-piece rates in 1.0.
* * * * *
150 Retail Mail: Parcel Post
153 Rates and Eligibility
1.0 Parcel Post Rates and Fees
1.1 Rate Eligibility
There are two Parcel Post retail rate categories: Intra-BMC and
Inter-BMC. Intra-BMC and Inter-BMC Parcel Post rates are calculated
based on the zone to which the parcel is addressed and the weight of
the parcel. Requirements for Parcel Post rates and discounts are as
follows:
* * * * *
[Revise item d as follows:]
d. Parcels that weigh less than 20 pounds but measure more than 84
inches (but not more than 108 inches) in combined length and girth are
charged the applicable rate for a 20-pound parcel (balloon rate).
* * * * *
1.7 Inter-BMC/ASF Machinable Parcel Post
[Revise 1.7 as follows:]
For barcode discount, deduct $0.03 per parcel (50-piece minimum).
Parcels that weigh less than 20 pounds but measure more than 84 inches
(but not more than 108 inches) in combined length and girth are charged
the applicable rate for a 20-pound parcel (balloon rate).
1.8 Inter-BMC/ASF Nonmachinable Parcel Post
[Revise 1.8 as follows:]
Rates include the $3.89 nonmachinable surcharge. Regardless of
weight, a parcel with any of the characteristics in 101.7.2,
Nonmachinable Parcel Post Standards, must be charged the rate listed in
Exhibit 1.9. Parcels that weigh less than 20 pounds but measure more
than 84 inches (but not more than 108 inches) in combined length and
girth are charged the applicable rate for a 20-pound parcel (balloon
rate). The nonmachinable surcharge does not apply to parcels mailed at
oversized rates or parcels sent with special handling.
* * * * *
1.10 Local and Intra-BMC/ASF Machinable Parcel Post
[Revise 1.10 as follows:]
Rates for parcels that originate and destinate in the same BMC
service area are in Exhibit 1.12, Local and Intra-BMC/ASF Machinable
and Nonmachinable Parcel Post Rates. For barcode discount, deduct $0.03
per parcel (50-piece minimum). Parcels that weigh less than 20 pounds
but measure more than 84 inches (but not more than 108 inches) in
combined length and girth are charged the applicable rate for a 20-
pound parcel (balloon rate). Regardless of weight, a parcel with any of
the characteristics in 101.7.2 must be charged the rate for a
nonmachinable parcel in 1.11.
1.11 Local and Intra-BMC/ASF Nonmachinable Parcel Post
[Revise 1.11 as follows:]
Rates include the $2.87 nonmachinable surcharge. Regardless of
weight, a parcel with any of the characteristics in 101.7.2,
Nonmachinable Parcel Post Standards, must be charged the rates in
Exhibit 1.12. Parcels that weigh less than 20 pounds but measure more
than 84 inches (but not more than 108 inches)
[[Page 15374]]
in combined length and girth are charged the applicable rate for a 20-
pound parcel (balloon rate). The nonmachinable surcharge does not apply
to parcels mailed at oversized rates or parcels sent with special
handling.
* * * * *
[Delete Chapter 160, Retail Mail: Bound Printed Matter, in its
entirety. These standards are incorporated into chapters 360 and 460.]
* * * * *
200 Discount Mail: Letters and Cards
201 Physical Standards
1.0 Physical Standards for Machinable Letters and Cards
1.1 Physical Standards for Machinable Letters
* * * * *
1.1.2 Weight Standards for Machinable Letters
[Revise 1.1.2 to change the maximum weight for First-Class Mail
machinable letters to 3.5 ounces as follows:]
The maximum weight for Presorted First-Class Mail machinable
letters is 3.3 ounces (0.2063 pound). The maximum weight for Standard
Mail machinable letters is 3.3 ounces (0.2063 pound).
* * * * *
2.0 Physical Standards for Nonmachinable Letters
2.1 Criteria for Nonmachinable Letters
A letter-size piece is nonmachinable if it has one or more of the
following characteristics (see 601.1.4 to determine the length, height,
top, and bottom of a mailpiece):
[Renumber items a through i as items b through j. Insert new item a
as follows:]
a. Is over 3.3 ounces, unless prepared as an automation-rate
letter.
* * * * *
[Delete 2.2.2, Nonmachinable Surcharge--Letter-Size Pieces.
Renumber 2.2.1 as new 2.2 and revise as follows:]
2.2 Additional Criteria for First-Class Mail Nonmachinable Letters
Letter-size pieces (except card-rate pieces) that weigh 1 ounce or
less and meet one or more of the nonmachinable characteristics in 2.1
are subject to the nonmachinable surcharge (see 133.1.10).
Nonmachinable letters over 1 ounce and up to 3.5 ounces are charged the
First-Class Mail letter rates based on weight. All letter-size pieces
over 3.5 ounces are prepared as letters and charged the flat-size
rates.
[Delete 2.3.2, Nonmachinable Surcharge Not Applied. Renumber 2.3.1
as new 2.3 and revise as follows:]
2.3 Additional Criteria for Standard Mail Nonmachinable Letters
The nonmachinable rates in 243.1.5 apply to Standard Mail letter-
size pieces that weigh 3.3 ounces or less and have one or more of the
nonmachinable characteristics in 2.1.
3.0 Physical Standards for Automation Letters and Cards
* * * * *
3.3 Weight Standards for First-Class Mail Automation Letters and Cards
[Revise 3.3 to change the weight limit as follows:]
Maximum weight for First-Class Mail automation letters is 3.5
ounces (0.2188 pound). See 3.13.4 for pieces heavier than 3 ounces.
3.4 Weight Standards for Standard Mail Automation Letters
[Revise 3.4 to remove the reference to automation carrier route
mail as follows:]
Maximum weight for Standard Mail mailed at automation and Enhanced
Carrier Route is 3.5 ounces (0.2188 pound). See 3.13.4 for pieces
heavier than 3 ounces.
* * * * *
202 Elements on the Face of a Mailpiece
* * * * *
3.0 Placement and Content of Mail Markings
* * * * *
3.3 Placement of Mail Markings
* * * * *
[Revise item b, item b3, and item c to delete ``AUTOCR.'']
3.4 Exceptions to Markings
Exceptions are as follows:
[Revise item a to remove references to carrier route mail as
follows:]
a. Automation Letters. First-Class Mail and Standard Mail letters
do not require an ``AUTO'' marking if they bear a DPBC or an
Intelligent Mail barcode with a delivery point routing code in the
address block or on an insert visible through a window. First-Class
Mail letters not marked ``AUTO'' must bear both the ``Presorted'' or
``PRSRT'' and ``First-Class'' markings. Standard Mail letters not
marked ``AUTO'' must bear the appropriate basic marking in 3.3a.
[Revise item b as follows:]
b. Manifest Mailings. The basic marking must appear in the postage
area on each piece as required in 3.3a. The two-letter rate category
code required in the keyline on manifest mailing pieces prepared under
705.2.0, Manifest Mailing System, meets the requirement for other rate
markings.
* * * * *
230 Discount Letters and Cards: First-Class Mail
233 Rates and Eligibility
1.0 Rates and Fees for First-Class Mail
1.1 Rate Application
[Revise 1.1 to add ``letter'' as follows:]
Postage is based on the letter rate that applies to the weight of
each addressed piece.
1.2 Rate Computation for First-Class Mail Letters
[Revise the first sentence in 1.2 to add ``letter'' as follows:]
First-Class Mail letter rates are charged per ounce or fraction
thereof; any fraction of an ounce is considered a whole ounce. For
example, if a piece weighs 1.2 ounces, the weight (postage) increment
is 2 ounces. The minimum postage per addressed piece is that for a
piece weighing 1 ounce.
* * * * *
[Delete 1.13, Carrier Route Automation Cards, and 1.14, Carrier
Route Automation Letters. Renumber 1.15 through 1.19 as new 1.13
through 1.17.]
* * * * *
3.0 Basic Standards for First-Class Mail Letters
3.1 Description of Service
* * * * *
3.1.2 Rate Options
[Revise 3.1.2 as follows:]
First-Class Mail letters offer shape-based single-piece rates in
133.1.0 and discounted rates in 1.0 for presorted mailings of 500 or
more pieces that weigh 3.5 ounces or less.
* * * * *
3.3 Additional Basic Standards for First-Class Mail
[Revise introductory text in 3.3 as follows:]
All pieces of presorted First-Class Mail letters must:
* * * * *
[Revise the weight in item b as follows:]
b. Weigh 3.5 ounces or less.
* * * * *
[[Page 15375]]
4.0 Additional Eligibility Standards for Nonautomation First-Class Mail
Letters
* * * * *
4.3 Nonmachinable Surcharge for Letter-Size Pieces
[Revise 4.3 as follows:]
The nonmachinable surcharge in 1.14 applies to letter-size pieces
(except card-rate pieces) that weigh 1 ounce or less and meet one or
more of the nonmachinable characteristics in 201.2.1. Nonmachinable
letters over 1 ounce are charged the First-Class Mail letter rate based
on weight.
[Revise heading of 5.0 to delete ``Carrier Route'' as follows:]
5.0 Additional Eligibility Standards for Automation Rate First-Class
Mail Letters
[Revise heading of 5.1 as follows:]
5.1 Basic Standards for Automation First-Class Mail Letters
All pieces in a First-Class Mail automation rate mailing must:
* * * * *
[Delete item d2. Move text in item d1 into item d as follows.]
d. Bear a delivery address that includes the correct ZIP Code,
ZIP+4 code, or numeric equivalent to the delivery point barcode (DPBC)
and that meets the address matching and coding standards in 5.6,
Address Standards for Barcoded Pieces, and 708.3.0, Coding Accuracy
Support System (CASS).
* * * * *
[Delete 5.2, Carrier Route Accuracy, and renumber 5.3 and 5.4 as
new 5.2 and 5.3.]
* * * * *
5.2 Maximum Weight for Automation Letters
[Revise renumbered 5.2 to change maximum weight from 3.3 to 3.5
ounces as follows:]
Maximum weight for First-Class Mail automation letters is 3.5
ounces (0.2188 pound) (see 201.3.13.4, Heavy Letter Mail, for pieces
heavier than 3 ounces).
5.3 Rate Application--Automation Cards and Letters
Automation rates apply to each piece that is sorted under 235.6.0
into the corresponding qualifying groups:
[Delete item a. Renumber items b through e as new items a through d
and revise as follows:]
a. Groups of 150 or more pieces in 5-digit/scheme trays qualify for
the 5-digit rate. Preparation to qualify for the 5-digit rate is
optional. Pieces placed in full 3-digit/scheme trays in lieu of 5-
digit/scheme overflow trays under 235.6.6 are eligible for the 5-digit
rates.
b. Groups of 150 or more pieces in 3-digit/scheme trays qualify for
the 3-digit rate. Pieces placed in full AADC trays in lieu of 3-digit/
scheme overflow trays under 235.6.6 are eligible for the 3-digit rates.
c. Groups of fewer than 150 pieces in origin 3-digit/scheme trays
and all pieces in AADC trays qualify